View original document

The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.

144

January 22, 1941.

Dear Mr. Franks

I - enclosing a letter which has been received
by the Secretary of the treasury from Mr. Walter L.
Morgan, President of the Wellington Fund, Incorporated.
Canden, New Jersey. AS Mr. Morgenthan's direction.

I - forwarding this for any action you may earn to take.
Sincerely yours,

(Signed) H.S. Klotz
H. S. Klots,
Private Secretary.

Menerable Jereme N. Frank,
Chairman of the Commissioners,
Securities and Exchange Commission,

Washington, D. 0.
Inclosure.

145

January 22, 1941.

Dear Mr. Frenks

I - enclosing a letter which has been received
by the Secretary of the Treasury from Mr. Walter L.
Morgan, President of the Wellington Fund, Incorporated.
Ganden, New Jersey. AS Mr. Norgenthau's direction,

I - forwarding this for any action you may care to take.
Sincerely yours,

(Signed) H. S. Klotz
H. S. Klots,
Private Secretary.

-

Reservable Jereme N. Frank,
Chairman of the Commissioners,
Securities and Exchange Commission,
Weekington, D. C.

Inclosure.

146

January 22, 1941.

Dear Mr. Franks

I - enclosing a letter which has been received
by the Secretary of the Treasury from Mr. Walter L.
Morgan, President of the Vellington Fund, Incorporated,
Camden, New Jersey. AS Mr. Norgenthau's direction,

I am forwarding this for any action you may care to take.
Sincerely yours,

(Signed) H.S. Klotz
H. S. Klots,
Private Secretary.

-

Renerable Jereme N. Freak,
Chairman of the Commissioners,
Securities and Technology Commission,
Washington, D. C.
Reclosure.

147
WELLINGTON FUND, INC.

A Mutual Investment Fund

645 Market Street

Camden, New Jersey.

January 14, 1941.

Honorable Henry Morgenthau,

Secretary of the Treasury,
Washington, D. C.
Dear Sir:

I have been reading in the public press that you
have been an intermediary in bringing together representatives
of investment trusts and representatives of the British government with a view towards the possible purchase of British securities by an investment trust group.
Wellington Fund is one of the smaller investment

trusts. Nevertheless, it occurred to me that as these negotiations
develop. Wellington Fund might well participate in event that certain
British securities are available for purchase at what would prove
attracive prices for shareholders.
I would welcome the opportunity to participate in
such a group and if you would be good enough to advise whom I might

contact in this connection, I would appreciate it.

Respectfully yours,
(Signed)

Walter L. Morgan
President.

PLAIN

148

LONDON

Dated January 22, 1941
Rec'd 5 a.m.

Secretary of State,
Washington.

230, January 22.

One. Two agreements were signed yesterday by the United Kingdom and Belgium
concerning the Belgian Congo and Ruanda Urundi. The texts, which will appear in

a white paper, will be forwarded shortly.

Two. Under the purchase agreement the United Kingdom agrees to purchase,
between September 1, 1940 and August 31, 1941 the following goods (including

quantities already purchased during the elapsed portion of that period): 126,000
metric tons of copper, 20,000 long tons of cotton, 7,000 long tons of copal,
15,000 long tons of palm kernels, and all available supplies of palm oil (at least
15,000 long tons "of a quality not in excess of 6 percent free fatty acid".) The
above cuantities are minima; other products are not precluded; and the United
Kingdom will give "sympathetic consideration" to import license applications
covering Belgian Congo goods, "consistent with the restrictions and limitations
imcosed on them by the united war effort of the two contracting parties and in
particular cotton if shipping space becomes available." Tin ore purchases are
to be maintained at present level when existing contracts expire. The United
Kingdom "will consider in March 1941 the possibility of purchasing sugar from the
Congo." Purchases shall be made "at prices ruling in competent markets", subject
to special arrangements for copper, palm kernels and oil. The United Kingdom
will take steps so that the Congo products covered "shall not be placed as a
result of customs duty in a position less favorable than British coloniel products."
The Belgian Congo will enact legislation against commercial and financial
transactions with "the enemy"; and their exports "will continue to be controlled
for blockade purposes by a licensing system, coordinated in policy and practice
with the system at any time prevelent in the British colonies in Africa." Because
of Belgium's contribution of her merchant ships to the Allied pool, the United
Kingdom will "do their utmost" to provide shipping space for connodities purchased,
and on Belgian ships where possible.

Three. Under the financial agreement, which brings the Congo into the
sterling area, there is established an official rate of 176.625 Congolese france
to the pound sterling; and the Congo monetary authorities' quotations "for
currencies other then sterling shall be based on the official middle rate for
the Congolese franc against sterling and the official buying and selling rates
quoted in London for that other currency against sterling." The Congo is to
have the necessary quantitative import control measures, while the United
Kingdom guarantees to supply Congo needs from within the sterling area, or to
provide means of payment to acquire goods not available in sterling area"on
same terms as to British importers." The United Kingdom is to "take the
necessary measures to ensure that the Congo shall be treated as a member of the
sterling area for exchange control purposes."
Please inform Treasury.
EMB

ch:copy

JOHNSON

149
PLAIN

KD

London

Dated January 22, 1941

Rec'd. 12:14 p.m.

Secretary of State,
Washington.

243, 22nd.

An agreement relating to the French Cameroons, to be

followed shortly by one relating to French Equatorial Africa,
has been concluded with General de Gaulle's Council of Defence
under which the British Government undertakes to purchase the

total output of cocoa, palm kernels, palm oil, peanuts and beniseed, nearly the whole coffee output and a large part of the
banana crop. A separate agreement on timber is foreshadowed.

The rate of exchange is fixed at 176.625 francs to the pound.
The TIMES notice of this announcement also states that "the
British Government are already implementing their pledges of
economic assistance to any French oversea territories which

rally to the free French movement." Please inform Treasury.
JOHNSON.
TFV

eh:copy

150

PARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM RECEIVED

FROM: American Embassy, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
January 22, 4 p.m.

DATE:
NO:

45

There is increasing interest being shown by

European countries in holding dollar balances particularly
in futures in the Bank of Brazil.
The deposit of 10,000,000 of the Italian Government

was traded yesterday for 3 to 6 months dollar futures.
Half a million dollars was deposited today by a Swedish

private bank. Half a million dollars was deposited
yesterday by a Portuguese private bank. Yesterday

2,000,000 sight dollars were exchanged for future dollars
by the Yokohama Specie Bank for delivery by the Bank of
Brazil in one month.

The recent deposit of 500 kilograms of gold by the
French Embassy in the name of the Bank of International
is
Settlements was made on behalf of the Bank of France.
M9

BURDETT

RA:JSH

151
DELIVERIES OF AIRPLANES, BY PURCHASERS AND BY TYPES OF PLANES

January 1, 1940 - January 18, 1941
Bombers

Pursuite

Trainers

STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL
Other

military

Consercial

planes

planes

Total

TOTAL ALL PURCHASERS

Jan. 1 July 6
July 7 July 20
July Aug.
Aug. Aug. 17

589

946

630

108

420

2,693

AUR. 18 Aug. 31

Sept. Sept. 14
Sept.

Sept.

28

Sept. Oct. 12
Oct.
Oct.

104

116

206

419

Oct. 26

Nov. Dec.

10

113
134

Dec.

Jan.
Jan.

300

28
25

Jan. 18

97

Subtotal July 7 - Jan. 18
Total Jan. 1, 1940 - Jan. 18, 1941

701

1,320

2,167

97

637

4,922

1,290

1,950

3,113

205

1,057

7,615

50

532

ARMY

Jan. 1 July 6

34

681

65

July July 20

July Aug.

AUR. Aug.

AUR. 18 Aug.
Sept.

14

124

12

Oct.

14

112

10

110

Oct.
Nov.
Nov.
Dec.
Dec.

Jan.

Jan.

Jan. 18

Subtotal July 7 - Jan. 18
Total Jan. 1, 1940 - Jan. 18, 1941

98

289

78

112

999

1,531

339

16

1,382

81

2,063

NAVY
42

3

Jan. 1 July 6
July 7 July 20
July 21 Aug.
Aug. Aug.

Aug. 18 Aug. 31
Sept. 1- Sept. 14

92

176

39

2

Sept. 15 Sept. 28
Sept. 29 Oct. 12
Oct. 13 Oct. 26

13
12

37

Oct. 27 - Nov. 9

Nov. 10 - Nov. 23

Nov. Dec.
Dec. Dec.

10
11

Dec. 22 Jan.
Jan. 5 Jan. 18
Subtotal July 7 - Jan. 18
Total Jan. 1, 1940 - Jan. 18, 1941

115
103

85

145

91

500

384

364

79

634

456

118

810

BRITISH EMPIRE AND FRANCE*
203

2

Jan. 1 July 6
July 7 July 20
July 21 Aug.
Aug. Aug. 17

10

1,099
118

Aug. 15 Aug. 31

Sept. Sept.

Sent. - Sept. 25

5)

Sept. 29 Oct.
Oct. 13 Oct. 26

124

69

73

Oct. - Nov. :
Nov. 10 - Nov. 2)
Nov. - Dec. 7
Dec. Dec.

112
126
152
166

Dec. 22 - Jane

Jan. 5 Jan. 18
Subtotal July 7 - Jan. 18
Total Jan. 1, 1940 - Jan. 15, 1941

148

481

852

961

1,236

13

193

446

31

41

649

1,812
2,911

OTHER

Jan. 1 July 6
July
July

119

410

737

July

Jan.

Jan. 18

Subtotal July 7 - Jan. 16
Total Jan. 1, 1940 - Jan. 15, 1941

358

39

52

264

477

office of the Secretary of the Treasury Division of Research and Statistics,
under French contracts were made up to June 30. 1940.

606

1,016

1,094
1,831

JANUARY 22, 1941.

152
BRITISH EMBASSY,
WASHINGTON, D.C.

PERSONAL AND
SECRET.

22nd January, 1941.

Dear Mr. Secretary,

I enclose herein for your
personal and secret information a copy

of the latest report received from
London on the military situation.
Believe me,

Dear Mr. Secretary,

Very sincerely yours,

Hark Bother

The Honourable

Henry Morgenthau, Jr.,

United States Treasury,
Washington, D. C.

153

Telegram from London of
January 21. 1941.

1.

Naval.

During second air attack on Malta on January
19th the "Illustrious" sustained serious damage from
near-misses. Port engine and one boiler-room out of
action - second boiler room damaged and ship holed on

both sides. No further casulaties.
2.

A British ship (7,200 tons) bound for Alexandria

was torpedoed in the Gulf of Athens on January 19th.
It is hoped that she has reached Piracus.
3.
Search for "Zealandic" and "Almeda star" has
been abandoned.
4.

Royal Air Force.

January 20th and night of January 20th/21st.

All operations cancelled owing to weather.
5.

Ethiopia.
On January 18th five bombers attacked grounded

aircraft on Italian landing ground and on the night of
January 18th/19th the submarine base at Massawa and a

concentration of mechanised transport in Cassala sector
were bombed.
S.

Albania.

on January 19th six Blenheims attacked mechanised

transport and military targets at Berat and started fires.
7.

German Air Force.

January 20th. Enemy activity consisting mainly
of roconnaissance off our coast. only 10 aircraft come

inland. Night of January 20th/21st. No enemy activity
reported.

/ 8.

154

-2Aircraft casualties in operations over and
from British Isles:
8.

Enemy: by A.A. night of January 19th/20th.

5 destroyed. 1 probable. 2 damaged.

British: Nil.
9.

Home Security.

Swansea. Night of January 17th/18th. Casualties now reported as 53 killed and 34 seriously injured.

CONFIDENTIAL
Paraphrase of Code Cablegram
Received at the War Department

155

at 8:04, January 22,1941

London, filed 13:30, January 22, 1941.
1. Neither the Bember nor the Coastal Comuand conducted any

operations from the British Iales during daylight hours of January 21

or the following night.
2. Throughout the daylight hours of January 21 German air.

craft activity over the British Isles was widespread, consisting mostly
of single planes operating over the coastal area from Canterbury as far
north as Kings Lynn. There was one small attack on the Firth of Forth
and three alerts in London. There were no enemy operations that night.

3. It is now reported that during the night of January 19-20
German plane lesses were five confirmed, one probable and two damaged,

all by antiaircraft fire.
4. British aircraft based in Egypt carried out a heavy bembardment on Tobruk and ground forces entered the fortifications about

the town during the early morning hours of January 20. That night British
planes bembed the airdrens at Catania, Sicily, dropping 2,000 incondiary
and 11 tens of high explesive bombs. Very large fires were started and
seven Ital ian aircraft were destroyed on the ground. During the day and
night of January 20 the British bembed Valona, Albania, twice, setting

fires and causing explosions. During all of those operations no British
planes were lost.

5. In the Central Mediterranean there were small raids on the
airdrom and harbor at Luga during the 20th and 21st. There have been
no reports of damage. There were also small daylight raids during the 20th
on Pirasus, Greese, and an airdrens in Crate.

CONFIDENTIAL

156

CONFIDENTIAL
6. During the second daylight air attack on Malta on January
19 the British aircraft earrier ILLUSTRIOUS received further serious
damage. On the same day a 7,000-ten British merchant vessel was terpedoed in the Gulf of Athens.

7. The British will soon put into effect an industrial registration by age groups, thus making a list of workers available for
national industrial service.
8. The Government has suppressed the publication of The Week

and The Daily Worker, both Communist papers, and last night operators

from Seotland Yard raided their offices.

SCANLON

Distribution:
Secretary of War
State Department

Secretary of Treasury
Asst. Secretary of War

Chief of Staff

War Plans Division

Office of Naval Intelligence
AC-2
C.A.C.
G-2

CONFIDENTIAL

157
RESTRICTED

M.I.D., W.D.

G-2/2657-220
No. 298

January 22, 1941
12:00 M.
SITUATION REPORT

I.

Western Theater of War.

1. Air Force Operations.
Bad weather prevailed. No important offensive operations on either side.
German. Considerable daylight reconnaissance activity
over England on the 21st.

II.

Greek Theater of War.

1. Ground. Strong local Italian attacks reported.
Air. The Italians bombed four Greek towns outside the
combat zone, including Saloniki.
2.

III.

African and Mediterranean Theaters of War.

1. Ground:

Libya. The British launched their attack on Tobruk
early on the morning of January 21, 1941, and by noon their troops,
actively supported by the Royal Navy and Royal Air Force, had pene-

trated the outer and inner defenses to a depth of over five miles on
a broad front. Fall of Tobruk, garrisoned by two divisions, is probable, but is not yet confirmed.
Sudan. In the Kassala area, the British troops are
vigorously following up Italian forces which are continuing their
withdrawal eastward into Eritrea. British pressure continues in the
Metemma (Gallabat) area.

Kenya. Patrol activity continues on the frontier.
2. Air: Libya. The R.A.F. attacked Tobruk continuously.

Note: This military situation report is issued by the Military Intelligence Division, General Staff. In view of the occasional inclusion of political information and of opinion it is classified as
Restricted.

RESTRICTED

158

January 23, 1941
Mr. Cochran

Secretary Morgenthau

It is entirely agreeable to me that the English

release the publicity on Sir Edward Peacock any time they

want to. I will leave the matter entirely in your hands.

However, please inform Ferdinand Kuhn so that he will
know about it.

Confidential for Merle Cochran I read your memorandum about your conversation

1-22-41

with Mr. Gifford. I agree with him that that market
seems a little bit weak, and I would be more than willing
to see him stop selling stocks entirely for the rest of
this week and see whether or not the British selling
has been the cause of depressing our market. Please let
me know what Gifford's reaction is to my suggestion.

However, it really is his suggestion and I am simply
concurring in what he himself has suggested. I only

think that if he is going to refrain from selling that

he do it for the balance of the week.

author
1-23

159
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION
DATE January 23, 1941
Secretary Morgenthau
FROM

Mr. Cochran

In accordance with the instructions given me in your memorandum of January 23

and in our conversation at 9:05 this morning, I telephoned Mr. Gifford and gave him

at 9:20 this morning your idea with respect to selling of stocks for the remainder
of the week. Mr. Gifford was happy to know that you concurred in his opinion with
respect to the market. He told me that yesterday he had consummated a distribution
sale and has one of these special transactions arranged for today in the Boston area.
Since the plans are all made, he feels that he should go ahead and complete this.

He will. however, see to it that no new transactions are carried out for the balance
of the week.

Mr. Gifford told me that he had rather plenned on greeting Sir Edward Peacock on

his exected arrival tomorrow. but gladly accepts the invitation of the Secretary to
come to the Treasury for a conference at 11 a.m. I have asked Sir Frederick Phillips
and Mr. Pinsent to be present at the same hour, explaining that Mr. Gifford will be
here.

BMX

160
THE UNDER SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY
WASHINGTON

January 23, 1941

MEMORANDUM FOR THE FILES:

Subject: Conference in the Secretary's Office at 9:30 A. M.,
January 23, 1941, concerning legislative program

for increasing the debt limit, eliminating the

earmarking of tax receipts for debt retirement
purposes, and making provision for taxing income
from all future issues of Federal securities.
Those present besides the Secretary were the Secretary's father,
Senators Barkley, Harrison, and George; Speaker Rayburn; Congressmen

Doughton and Cooper; Assistant Secretary Sullivan, Mr. Foley, and

Mr. Bell.

The first matter discussed was the debt limit. Each person present
was given a copy of the statement marked "Exhibit I," attached hereto,
which gave the estimate of the public debt as contained in the 1942
Budget. This memorandum sets out the Treasury's program for the next
eighteen months.

There was a general discussion of the amount at which the debt limit
should be fixed and there was also a general discussion as to the policy
of repealing that provision of the Revenue Act of 1940 which earmarks the
debt limit for National Defense purposes only and sets up a special fund
into which earmarked taxes are deposited for the purpose of retiring any
of the securities issued under the National Defense limitation.
Senator George asked the Secretary what amount he had in mind at

which the debt limit should be fixed. The Secretary said that he was
willing to leave that to Congress, but pointed out that he had had a
conference early in December with certain representatives of the Senate
Finance Committee at which time the debt limit came up. Senator Byrd
said at that time that he would go along with the Secretary on the debt
limit if the amount were confined to the appropriations actually made by
Congress in excess of the receipts expected during the two fiscal years
under consideration. The Secretary asked me to explain just what amount
would be arrived at on the basis of Senator Byrd's suggestion.

161

-2I presented a statement with the explanation that taking all

appropriations which Congress has made to date, plus the estimates of
appropriations included in the 1942 Budget, less the estimated receipts
for the two fiscal years 1941 and 1942, the debt limitation would be
fixed at $62,786,000,000. I added that this did not include any amount
for supplemental appropriations which the Budget stated would be sent
to this Congress, and which might amount to as much as $3,000,000,000;

and that it did not include anything for the Lease-Lend Bill now before
Congress.

There was a great deal of discussion as to whether the limit should
be fixed at $60,000,000,000 or $65,000,000,000. The group was told that
the $65,000,000,000 debt would in all probability carry the Treasury through
the fiscal year 1942, including supplemental items and aid to Great

Britain: and that if additional taxes are not provided to cover the

increased expenditures for 1943. the Treasury will certainly have to ask
for another increase in the next session of Congress. I believe that it
was generally agreed that the amount of the debt limit should be fixed
at $65,000,000,000 without any partitions.

Mr. Doughton asked if the Treasury had in mind recommending additional

taxes. The Secretary said he thought there should be additional taxes
passed at this session of Congress. Senator Barkley said he thought the
time was propitious for another tax program as the country was alive to
the necessity for increased national defense and that apparently it is
willing to pay for it in the form of additional taxes. Congressman Doughton
said he agreed with that in general but he also thought there was a strong
sentiment throughout the country that expenditures for governmental
functions other than national defense should be radically curtailed and
that he thought Congress would be severely criticized if it levied additional taxes and did not take some steps to reduce non-defense expenditures.
Almost every one present agreed with this statement.
Another statement, marked "Exhibit II" and attached, was then passed

around to the group. This statement explains the bill drafted in the
Treasury with the amount of the debt limitation left blank. Mr. Doughton
asked if this bill had been gone over by Mr. Beaman. The Secretary said
it had not, that it was drafted in the Treasury for our own information
and the information of this group but we would be glad to turn it over If to
Congressman Doughton, who in turn could have Mr. Beaman go over it. the General

there were any questions he might want to ask, he could come to Secretary.
Counsel of the Treasury or Congressman Doughton could call the would
The group was told that included in this bill is a provision which that the
tax the income from all future issues of Federal securities and would
question of reciprocal taxation on State and municipal securities
be presented in a separate bill. I then passed around the statement marked

"Exhibit III," attached, which is the other part of the program.

of

There great deal of discussion about the advisability Federal securiincluding in was the a debt limitation bill the provisions to tax
ties. The Secretary made the point that we contemplate issuing approximately

162
-3$17,000,000,000 of Government securities in the next eighteen months

and said he could not think of a more appropriate time to begin taxing
income from Government securities than now. He thought it would certainly
be bad if we issued this large amount of additional securities and then
passed a law taxing income from subsequent issues. Senator George said

there was no doubt that the more securities we issued bearing the taxexemption privileges, the greater the problem would become. The Secretary
also pointed out that he discussed this matter rather thoroughly with
representatives of Congress in December and explained that if there was
any chance of his getting this legislation through early in the session,

he would not borrow as much cash as he then needed and would not refund
the March maturities amounting to $1,222,000,000, but would wait and issue
these additional securities under the new legislation and would make them
taxable. Everybody seemed to agree to that program as he then presented it,

and advised him to go ahead on that basis. The Secretary said it might
also be pointed out in this connection that if he had gone ahead in

December, the rate would have been much lower than that at which he could
refund at the present time.

It was finally agreed that the taxation for Federal securities should
be left in the debt limitation bill and an attempt would be made to get it
through, and it would be explained to the Committee that the counterpart

of this bill taxing State and municipal securities would be a separate
question; that it would come along later, at which time it could be
thoroughly debated in Congress.

It was left that Congressman Doughton, after Mr. Beaman had been over

the bill, would introduce it and that we would probably begin hearings on
it on Wednesday of next week.

swif

163
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
WASHINGTON

Exhibit

January 22, 1941
PUBLIC DEBT

The Budget document shows, based on the program set out

therein, that the gross public debt will be $49,157,000,000 on
June 30, 1941, and $58,367,000,000 on June 30, 1942. These two

figures do not include the amounts of future accruals on Savings
Bonds, nor is any provision made for contemplated aid to Great

Britain. According to Treasury estimates, the balance of the
borrowing authority under the combined debt limitations of

$49,000,000,000 will be exhausted in May of this year. It will,
therefore, be necessary for the Congress to grant an immediate

increase in our debt limitation and it should at the same time
eliminate the partition between the general debt limitation and
the National Defense debt limitation, and repeal the provisions
of the Revenue Act of 1940 which set up a special fund into which
earmarked taxes are being deposited for the purpose of retiring,
over a five-year period, any outstanding National Defense securities.
The amount of the debt limitation should be fixed at whatever
figure Congress determines to be necessary to permit the Treasury
to finance within the next eighteen months any program enacted for

our own national defense as well as for aid to Great Britain.
The following table shows the Treasury's financing problem

164

-2for the next eighteen months based upon the present Budget program

(exclusive of Savings Bonds, Treasury Bills and Trust Funds):
January June, 1941

July, 1941 June, 1942

Total

(In millions of dollars)
Treasury:
New cash

Refundings

$ 3,500

$ 6,750

1,726

1,464

560

1,000

$ 10,250
3,190

Governmental Corps. :
New cash

Refundings

-

$ 5.786

1,678

1,560
1,678

$10,892

$ 16,678

165
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
WASHINGTON

January 22, 1941

Exhibit II
Explanation of the proposed bill to amend
the Second Liberty Bond Act, increasing

the public debt limitation, and for other
purposes.
-000-

There is attached a draft of a bill relating to the public
debt and the status of future Federal obligations from the standpoint
of exemption from taxation.

The bill entitled "A Bill To amend the Second Liberty Bond
Act, as amended, and for other purposes," would accomplish the following objectives:

(a) The amount of the limitation in the bill is
left blank, It should be fixed at whatever amount is
determined to be necessary to enable the Treasury to
finance any program enacted by Congress for the next

eighteen months, including any aid to Great Britain.
This new limit would not, of course, include guaranteed
obligations issued by the Reconstruction Finance Corpora-

tion and similar agencies.

(b) It would give the Secretary of the Treasury
greater and more flexible authority over Savings Bonds
as a financing medium by giving him discretion (1) to

166

-fix their denominations, (2) to determine the aggregate face amount which may be held by one person at

one time, and (3) to issue them on an interest-bearing
as well as a discount basis.

(c) It would authorize the Secretary of the
Treasury to issue, in the same manner as Savings Bonds

are issued, a new obligation similar to the old Var
Savings Certificate called a "Treasury Savings Certificate."

(d) It would eliminate the partition between the
general debt limitation of $45,000,000,000 and the
National Defense limitation of $4,000,000,000, and would
repeal that section of the Revenue Act of 1940 which

earmarks certain taxes levied under that Act for the

purpose of retiring, over a five-year period, any National
Defense obligations issued under the National Defense debt

limitation.
(e) It would remove from all Federal obligations
(including those of corporations and other agencies of
the Government) issued in the future the privileges of
exemption from Federal taxation which they now enjoy.

167
A BILL

To amend the Second Liberty Bond Act, as
amended, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the
United States of America in Congress assembled, That this Act may be

cited as the Public Debt Act of 1941.
Sec. 2. Section 21(a) of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended,
is hereby further amended to read as follows:

"Sec. 21. The face amount of obligations issued
under the authority of this Act shall not exceed in
the aggregate

outstanding at

any one time."

Sec. 3. Section 22 of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended (U.S.C.,

title 31, sec. 757c) is hereby amended to read as follows:

"Sec. 22. (a) The Secretary of the Treasury is
authorized to issue, from time to time, through the

Postal Service or otherwise, United States savings
bonds and United States Treasury savings certificates,
the proceeds of which shall be available to meet any
expenditures authorized by law, and to retire any outstanding obligations of the United States bearing
interest or issued on a discount basis. The various
issues and series of the savings bonds and the savings

certificates shall be in such forms, shall be offered

in such amounts, subject to the limitation imposed by
section 21 of this Act, as amended, and shall be issued
in such manner and subject to such terms and conditions

consistent with subsections (b), (c), and (d) hereof,
and including any restrictions on their transfer, as the

Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time prescribe.
"(b) Savings bonds and savings certificates may be
issued on an interest-bearing basis, on a discount basis,
or on a combination interest-bearing and discount basis
and shall mature, in the case of bonds, not more than
twenty years, and in the case of certificates, not more
than ten years from the date as of which issued. Such
bonds and certificates may be sold at such price or prices,

168

-2 and redeemed before maturity upon such terms and conditions

IS the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe: Provided,
That the interest rate on, and the issue price of savings
bonds and savings certificates and the terms upon which
they may be redeemed shall be such as to afford an investment yield not in excess of three per centum per
annum, compounded semiannually. The denominations of

savings bonds and of savings certificates shall be such
as the Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time
determine and shall be expressed in terms of their maturity

values. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized, in
his discretion, at any time or from time to time, by regulntion to fix the amount of savings bonds and savings certificates that may be held by any one person at any one
time.

"(c) The Secretary of the Treasury may, under such
regulations and upon such terms and conditions as he may
prescribe, issue, or cause to be issued, stamps, or may
provide any other means to evidence payments for or on
account of the savings bonds and savings certificates

authorized by this section, and he may, in his discretion,
make provision for the exchange of savings certificates
for savings bonds.

"(d) For purposes of taxation any increment in
value represented by the difference between the price
paid and the redemption value received (whether at or
before maturity) for savings bonds and savings certificates shall be considered as interest. The savings
bonds and the savings certificates shall not bear the

circulation privilege.

"(e) The appropriation for expenses provided by
section 10 of this Act and extended by the Act of
June 16, 1921 (U.S.C., title 31, secs. 760 and 761),
shall be available for all necessary expenses under
this section, and the Secretary of the Treasury is
authorized to advance, from time to time, to the

Postmaster General from such appropriation such sums
US are shown to be required for the expenses of the
Post Office Department, in connection with the handling

of bonds, certificates, and stamps or other means provided to evidence payments.

"(f) The board of trustees of the Postal Savings
System is authorized to permit, subject to such regulations as it may from time to time prescribe, the withdrawal of deposits on less than sixty days' notice for

169
-3-

the ur one of acquiring savings bonds and savings
certificates which may be offered by the Secretary
of the Tressury; and in such cases to make payment

of interest to the date of withdrawal whether or not
regular interest payment date. No further original

issue of bonds authorized by section 10 of the Act
epproved June 25, 1910 (U.S.C., title 39, sec. 760),
shall be mode after July 1, 1935.

"(g) At the request of the Secretary of the

Treasury the Postmaster General, under such regula-

tions 8 he may rescribe, shall require the employees
of the Post Office Department and of the Postal Service
to perform, without extra compensation, such fiscal
gency services as may be desirable and practicable
in connection with the issue, delivery, safekeeping,
reden tion, or payment of the savings bonds nd savings
certificates, or in connection with any stamps or other

means provided to evidence payments."

Sec. 4 (a). Notwithstanding any other rovision of law all obligations
issued under authority of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as amended, and all

oblinations which by their terms bear interest or which are sold on a discount basis issued under authority of any other law by any instrumentality,
corporation or agency of the United States or by any other corporation or

entity created by, organized under, or established pursuant to authority
contained in, any Act of Congress shall, as to both principal and interest
or other increment, be subject to all taxes now or hereafter imposed by
the United States: Provided, That any such obligations which the United

States or any such instrumentality, corporation, agency or entity has, prior

to the effective date of this Act, contracted to issue at a future date,
shill when issued bear such tax exemption privileges as are provided in the

la authorizing their issuance.

(b). The provisions of this section shall, with respect to such ob-

170

ligations, be considered as amendatory of and supplementary to the res-

pective Acts or parts of Acts authorizing the issuance of such obligations,
as amended and supplemented.

Sec. 5. Section 32 of the Act approved June 13, 1898, as amended

(U.S.C., title 31, sec. 756), section 6 of the First Liberty Bond Act, as
amended (U.S.C., title 31, sec. 755); section 6 of the Second Liberty Bond
Act, as amended (U.S.C., title 31, sec. 757); section 5(d) of the Second
Liberty Bond Act, as amended (U.S.C., title 31, sec. 754(d)); and sections

301 and 302 of title III of the Revenue Act of 940 (54 Stat. 526); are
hereby repealed.

Sec. 6. Nothing contained in this Act shall be deemed to alter
or amend in any way the terms of any of the obligations described in

section 4 hereof, issued prior to the effective date of this Act, or to
impair or otherwise affect any rights, privileges, or remedies accruing
to the holders of such obligations under the terms thereof or under the
laws authorizing their issuance.

Sec. 7. This Act shall become effective on the first day of the
month following the date of its approval by the President.

171
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
WASHINGTON

January 22, 1941

Exhibit III

Memorandum on proposed bill to eliminate
tax exemption from State and Municipal
obligations
-000-

There is attached a bill relating to the status of State
and municipal obligations from the standpoint of exemption from
taxation.

The purpose of the bill is to provide the balance of the
legislation necessary to enable us to complete our program of elimination of tax-exempt securities. This purpose would be accomplished
by:

(a) Making obligations issued in the future by any

State, Territory, municipality, or other public body
subject to income taxation by the Federal Government.

To permit public bodies to take advantage of favorable
market conditions, provision has been made for the refunding of outstanding callable bonds with tax exemption

for the same period as the original issue.
(b) Consent to non-discriminatory taxation by States

of the interest on all Federal obligations issued in the
future.

It is believed that this bill should be acted upon by Congress
after the proposed bill dealing with the debt limitation and the taxable
status of future Federal securities is enacted into law.

172
(The dates herein used are based on the assumption that

the bill will be enacted in April, 1941, so that

an interval of about 60 days will exist between its
enactment and the date separating the taxable
issues from the tax-exempt issues.)
A BILL

To provide for the reciprocal income taxation of public obligations, and for other purposes.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the
United States of America in Congress assembled, That this Act may be

cited as the *Public Bond Tax Act of 1941.
Sec. 2. Section 22(b)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code is
amended to read as follows:

"(4) TAX-FREE INTEREST.--To the extent provided in section 116(b),

interest upon obligations issued by (A) a State, Territory, or any

political subdivision thereof, or the District of Columbia, or any
agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing; or (B)
a corporation organised under Act of Congress, if such corporation is
an instrumentality of the United States (as defined in section 116(b)):
or (c) the United States or any of its possessions. Every person own-

ing any of the obligations enumerated in clause (A). (B), or (c) shall,
in the return required by this chapter. submit a statement showing the
number and amount of such obligations owned by him and the income re-

ceived therefrom, in such form and with such information as the Commissioner may require."

Sec. 3. Sections 25(a)(1) and (2) of the Internal Revenue Code
are amended to read as follows:

173

-2"(1) INTEREST ON UNITED STATES OBLIGATIONS.--The

amount received as interest upon obligations of the United

States if such interest is included in gross income under
section 22, and if under the Act authorising the issue of
such obligations, as amended and supplemented (including

the amendatory and supplementary provisions of section 4

of the Public Debt Act of 1941), such interest is exempt
from normal tax.
"(2) INTEREST ON OBLIGATIONS OF INSTRUMENTALITIES OF

THE UNITED STATES.--The amount received as interest upon

obligations of a corporation organised under Act of Congress,

if (A) such corporation is an instrumentality of the United
States (as defined in section 116(b)); and (B) such interest
is included in gross income under section 22; and (c) under
the Act authorising the issue of such obligation, as amended
and supplemented (including the amendatory and supplementary

provisions of section 4 of the Public Debt Act of 1941), such
interest is exempt from normal tax."
Sec. 4. Section 116 of the Internal Revenue Code is amended by

inserting after subsection (a) a new subsection to read as follows:
"(b) TAX-FREE INTEREST.-Interest upon obligations issued (1)

before July 1, 1941, by a State, Territory, or any political
subdivision thereof, or the District of Columbia, or any agency
or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing; or
(2) by a corporation organized under Act of Congress, if such

-3corporation is an instrumentality of the United States: or
(3) by the United States or any of its possessions. In the
case of obligations of the United States issued after
September 1, 1917 (other than postal savings certificates

of deposit), and in the case of obligations of a corporation
organised under Act of Congress the interest shall be exempt

only if and to the extent provided in the respective Acts
authorising the issue thereof, as amended and supplemented

(including the amendatory and supplementary provisions of

section 4 of the Public Debt Act of 1941), and shall be excluded from gross income only if and to the extent it is
wholly exempt from the taxes imposed by this chapter. The

term 'instrumentality of the United States' means instrumentality, corporation or agency of the United States, or
any other corporation or entity created by, organized under,
or established pursuant to authority contained in, any Act
of Congress. For the purposes of this subsection:
*(1) In determining whether an obligation
is issued after June 30, 1941, and whether an obli-

gation is issued after the date of enactment of the
Public Bond Tax Act of 1941 (hereinafter called

'enactment date'), it shall in either case be considered to be issued after such date, if any part of
the payment therefor is received by the obligor after
such date, or delivery thereof is made by the obligor
after such date.

174

-4"(2) Obligations which merely replace lost,

mutilated, defaced, or destroyed obligations, or obligations of larger or smaller denominations, and obligations in registered form or with coupons which
merely replace obligations with coupons or in regis-

tered form, shall be treated as if they were the obligations replaced.

"(3) (A) If the terms of an obligation issued before
July 1, 1941, the saturity of which on enactment date is
later than June 30, 1941, are, after enactment date,
changed so as to increase the principal amount or interest

rate or to extend the saturity, then such obligations shall
(as to interest accruing for any period after the date of
the change or June 30, 1941, whichever is later) be con-

sidered as issued after such later date.

"(B) In the case of an obligation issued after the
enactment date and before July 1, 1941, such obligation

shall (as to interest accruing for any period after June 30,
1941) be considered as issued after June 30, 1941, if any

part of the proceeds of the issue of which the obligation

is a part, or if any obligation of the issue, is devoted
to the retirement or refunding of an obligation the maturity
of which OR enactment date was later than December 31, 1941.
For the purposes of this subparagraph, December 31, 1941,

shall be considered the maturity, on enactment date, of
an obligation the interest on which ceases to run before

175

176
-5- January 1, 1942, by reason of such obligation being
called for redemption in accordance with the terms
thereof as they existed on enactment date.

"(4) If an obligation is issued after June 30,
1941 (hereinafter called 'refunding obligation'), and

if -"(A) the issue of which it is a part
(hereinafter called 'new issue') is issued for
the purpose of refunding one or more obligations

(hereinafter called 'refunded obligations'); and
"(B) all refunded obligations have the same
exemption expiration date, as defined in subparagraph (J); and

"(c) no obligations, other than those of the
new issue, have been issued for the purpose of refunding any of the refunded obligations; and
"(D) the aggregate principal amount of the
new issue is not in excess of the aggregate principal
amount of the refunded obligations; and

"(E) interest on each of the refunded obligations ceases (by treason of such obligation, being
called for redemption, in accordance with the terms
thereof as they existed on enactment date, or the

date of issue, whichever is later) to run upon a
date not more than seven months after the date upon

-which interest on the refunding obligation begins
to run; and

"(F) interest on each of the refunded obliga-

tions, for the period at the end of which it ceases
to run by reason of such call for redemption, is
considered as interest on an obligation issued before
July 1, 1941; and

"(@) the refunding obligation, in its terms,
states the exemption expiration date of, and identifies, the refunded obligations; and
"(H) the interest rate on the refunding obligations for any period ending on or before the exemption

expiration date of the refunded obligations is not
higher than the interest rate which any of the refunded obligations had, or would (if such obligation
had not been called for redemption) have had, for the
corresponding period;

then the refunding obligation shall be considered as issued
before July 1, 1941, as to so much of the interest as accrues
for any period ending before or on the exemption expiration
date of the refunded obligations, and shall be considered
as issued after June 30, 1941, as to the remainier of such

interest. For the purposes of this paragraph"(1) several obligations shall be considered

as one issue, only if each is identical with all

177

178
-

the others in maturity, interest rate, terms and
conditions, and recitals, but the fact that the
denominations differ, or that some are registered
and some in coupon form shall be disregarded.
"(J) *Exemption expiration date' means--

"(1) with respect to a refunded obligation issued before July 1, 1941, the date of
maturity which the obligation had on June 30,
1941;

"(11) with respect to a refunded obligation issued after June 30, 1941, the date as

of which interest thereon would (if the obligation had not been called for redemption)
have ceased to be considered as interest on

an obligation issued before July 1, 1941."
Sec. 5. (a) The United States hereby consents to the taxation,
under an income tax, of interest upon, and gain from the sale or

other disposition of, obligations issued after June 30, 1941, by
the United States, any Territory or possession or political subdivision thereof, the District of Columbia, or any agency or instrumentality of any one or more of the foregoing, by any duly

constituted taxing authority having jurisdiction to tax such
interest and gain, if such taxation does not discriminate against
such interest or gain because of its source. The consent given

in this section shall not affect those obligations issued after

179
8-

June 30, 1941 which the United States or any agency or instru-

mentality thereof has prior to June 30, 1941 constimoted to issue
at a future date with such tax exemption privileges with respect

to taxation by any State, county, municipality, or local taxing
authority as are provided in the law authorizing their issuance,
as amended and supplemented. As used in this subsection, agency

or instrumentality of the United States includes any corporation
of the United States and any corporation or entity created by,
organized under, or established pursuant to authority contained
in, any Act of Congress.

(b) For the purposes of this section-(1) In determining whether an obligation is issued

after June 30, 1941, it shall be considered to be issued

after such date if any part of the payment therefor is received by the obligor after such date, or delivery thereof
is made by the obligor after such date.

(2) Obligations which merely replace lost, mutilated,
defaced, or destroyed obligations, or obligations of larger
or smaller denominations, and obligations in registered
form or with coupons which merely replace obligations with

coupons or in registered form, shall be treated as if they
were the obligations replaced.

(c) The provisions of this section shall, with respect to
any obligation, be considered as amendatory of and supplementary

to the respective Acts or parts of Acts authorising the issue of
such obligation as amended and supplemented.

180

January 22, 1941
3:29 p.m.

H.M.Jr:
Preston

Hello.

Delano:

Hello, Sir.

H.M.Jr:

Delano, Speaker Rayburn just called me up
and he says you've got a Chief Examiner

down in Dallas by the name of Collier.

D:

H.M.Jr:

D:

That's right.
He's 70, he's very hard of hearing, and

he's going to retire.

That's right. We're planning on retiring
will retire him.

him. He wants to continue but I think we
H.M.Jr:

Have you picked his successor?

D:

No, we haven't.

H.M.Jr:

Have you ever heard of a man by the name of
Sanelin?

D:

Yes, he's down there.

H.M.Jr:

Is he any good?

D:

He's a good man.

H.M.Jr:

Is he good?

D:

Yeah.

H.M.Jr:

You're sure he's good. I mean, he's all right.
As far as I know he is. Now I've been con-

D:

ducting a very careful examination into him,
Mr. Secretary, because I wanted to be sure.
There is some pressure to have him appointed.

H.M.Jr:

Well, all things being equal, if you could

appoint him, it would make Sam Rayburn very

happy.

181

-2D:

He's called me too you know, and I appreciate

that. I was going to talk it over with you

before I did anything.
H.M.Jr:

Well, the Speaker is coming in here at 9:30

D:

All right, sir. I'11 go right after it.

H.M.Jr:

Thank you.

D:

Right-o.

tomorrow. I don't want to rush you but if
you did know between now and tomorrow morning
it would be helpful.

File this as of
1/23/41

rubbor copy is filed 1/27/41
January 27, 1941

182

MEMORANDUM FOR THE SECRETARY'S DIARY

On Thursday, January 23, at 3:30 p.m., Secretary
Morgenthau and Ed Foley attended a meeting of the Subcommittee

of the Senate Committee on Foreign Relations called by Chairman George, in the Committee Room in the Capitol. Others
present were Secretaries Hull, Stimson and Knox, Senators

George, Harrison, Connally, Johnson and La Follette.
Senator George announced that the purpose of the meeting
was to discuss arrangements and procedures for the Hearings

before the full Committee on the Lease-Lend Bill which were to
commence on Monday, January 27, at 10:00 a.m., in the Democratic

Caucus Room in the Senate Office Building. He suggested that

Secretary Hull be the first witness, to be followed by Secretary
Morgenthau.

Senator George said that since the Senate Hearings were

following so closely on the heels of the House Hearings, no
new formal statements were necessary and that the witnesses

present themselves for questioning. However, he thought time
would be saved by having each witness send down twenty or

twenty-five copies of his formal statement to the House Committee
so the Senate Committee members would have an opportunity to

183

-2peruse the statements prior to the opening of the Hearings
on Monday. Secretary Morgenthau pointed out that he had
submitted no formal statement to the House. Senator George

said under those circumstances it would not be necessary for

him to send anything but be prepared to present his financial
tables and data to the full Committee when he appears.

Socretary Knox said that it was necessary for him to
be in Chicago on Wednesday and Thursday. There was a dis-

cussion as to whether Secretary Knox would appear ahead of
Secretary Stimson on Tuesday so that he might keep his

engagements, or appear after he returned on Friday. Senator

George said he would leave it tentatively for Secretaries
Hull and Morgenthau to appear on Monday and Knox and Stimson

on Tuesday. However, Senator George said if there were delays
it would be possible for Secretary Knox to keep his Chicago
engagement and appear when he returned.

Senator Harrison asked if Secretary Jones had been called
in the House. When he was told that Secretary Jones had not
appeared as a witness before the House Committee, he made no

further suggestion.
Senator George said he might want daily attendance of
someone from each Department to sit as a consultant or adviser.

184

-3It was agreed that someone satisfactory to Senator George
would be designated from each Department.

Senator George asked Mr. Folay if he would have a radio
address of about twenty to twenty-two minutes length prepared

for him on the Bill. The Senator said he wanted to have a

brief explanation of the Bill, a discussion of its constitutionality, and a general summary of the policy and the alms to
be achieved by the Bill. Mr. Foley promised Senator George
that such a speech would be prepared and be put in his hands
early Monday morning.

The meeting broke up at 4:15 p.m.

(Initialed) E. H. 7., Jr.

KHFJr.:vls - 1/27/41

185

January 23, 1941
4:15 p.m.
H.M.Jr:

When you and I used to be over at Farm Credit
there was a fellow by the name of Campbell,

the wheat king, I loaned him $15,000 to
buy gasoline to harvest his 10,000 acres of
wheat. He also failed and I think owes
National City $1 million or more. Ask Farm
Credit if they could give you his whole
history of Campbell, the wheat man.
George
Haas:

Yeah.

H.M.Jr:

Down to date if they have it.

H:

From the beginning right on down.

H.M.Jr:

Yeah, and get his income tax statement for

H:

Yeah. I'11 do that. Do you have any dead-

the last three or four years.

line on it?

186
January 23, 1941
4:27 p.m.
H.M.Jr:

Hello.

Operator:

Justice Frankfurter.

H.M.Jr:

Hello.

Felix

Frankfurter:

Henry.

H.M.Jr:

Well, I see you've been effective as usual.

F:

What are you talking about?

H.M.Jr:

Acheson.

F:

H.M.Jr:

What a man!

That's very good, isn't it?
I just got back after being out for four

hours and I expect to call him now.

F:

Good for you. Henry.

H.M.Jr:

Yes, sir.

F:

Two things. One, I congratulate you on
trying to make a statesman out of a Texas

pawnbroker.
H.M.Jr:
F:

Oh, you heard about it.
Say we're on the Supreme Court. We've got

a Gestapo.
H.M.Jr:

Have you heard about it?

F:

Yeah.

H.M.Jr:

Isn't it marvelous?

F:

It certainly is. No. 2 - that's very, very,

very important. No, 2, Henry, about London.
H.M.Jr:

Yeah.

F:

I don't know what the latest situation is
but I'm making two assumptions as a result
of a recent talk.

187

2

H.M.Jr:
F:

H.M.Jr:
F:

Yeah.

One, that Bill Winant 18 going and two, I mean that it's planned, and two, that that hasn't happened yet, has it?
No.

And the other is Averill Harriman.

You know about that?

H.M.Jr:

Well, I heard about it. I's not at all

F:

No.

H.M.Jr:

You know who I suggested?

F:

I do. That's why I'm talking to you -

orazy about it.

John Wiley.

H.M.Jr:
F:

H.M.Jr:
F:

That's right.
Now listen. You're going to see the President
at least twice today
Once more.

Once more and you're going to talk to him
maybe eight times and I'd like to pass on a
piece of information to you that you may use.

H.M.Jr:

Right.

F:

He really ought to send your man to London

as Minister. He ought to send him just

because he's sending Winant, whom I know very,

very, very well. He's a very dear and old
friend of my wife and mine and I know his
fine human qualities and also his limitations,
and John Wiley would fit in beautifully. Now,
I have every reason for believing through a
that Averill Harriman doesn't want to go as

message that came to me from an intermediary

a Minister. He wants to go, but not as a
Minister. He would feel restricted. He'd
like to go free, not as Ambassador. He d
like to just go. See? Just something nothing - just go. In fact he doesn't want

188

-3to go as a Minister. Now I wonder why that
isn' t an ideal arrangement, to have John Winant

go as Ambassador and have Averill Harriman go
as consultant at large and make John Wiley

Minister. I thought you ought to know that
Averill Harriman is most unwilling to go as
a
Minister. He wants to go but not as a
Minister.
H.M.Jr:

I see.

F:

What's the trouble with Wiley?

H.M.Jr:

With Wiley? No trouble.

F:

I mean, what's the opposition ?

H.M.Jr:

Well, they don't like him. He's a New Dealer,
he's for Roosevelt.

F:

Who?

H.M.Jr:

John Wiley.

F:

Who doesn't like him?

H.M.Jr:

I don't know.

F:

I thought that Roosevelt was making the

appointment.
H.M.Jr:

Well, I'm just quoting Roosevelt. I mean,
Roosevelt said to me yesterday, they think -

what he said was that everywhere that Wiley
goes, there's trouble, which is damn nonsense
and the President says 80.

F:

H.M.Jr:

Well, I thought that Roosevelt was appointing
these people. Am I wrong about that?
I think you are.

F:

I am wrong.

H.M.Jr:

Yeah.

F:

(Laughs). Well, one lives and learns.
You're telling me.

H.M.Jr:

189

F:

God, wouldn't you like to be elected for the

Third Term and have some appointments to
make? (Laughs).
H.M.Jr:
F:

Well,
I ask
morning, noon, and afternoon,
who won
themyself
election?

Well, it may make a difference, but it's
perfectly absurd, seriously speaking. That's
a most ridiculous argument. Most ridiculous
argument.

H.M.Jr:

F:

Yeah, and this idea of sending our Ambassador

to Cuba over there, I think it's terrible.
Well, I think that's out. Henry, in view of

what you said, will you find out for me
whether I'd better resign or let John Davis
take my place?

H.M.Jr:

(Laughs). This is a bad hour to pick on me,

Felix?

F:

Why?

H.M.Jr:

From 4:00 to 5:00 is my lowest hour.

F:

I'm not picking on you, I'm picking on some-

body else.
H.M.Jr:

Yes, you are. I have no comeback. You win.

F:

I'm not picking on you, I'm serious.

H.M.Jr:

I rest my case.

F:

I called you up because I thought there was
a chance - I feel very strongly about John
Wiley.

H.M.Jr:

Well, as usual, you and I are together.

F:

Yeah. Well, I thought you might have a chance

H.M.Jr:

to talk to him and tell him that. This

happened today - about Averill.
I don't know whether my pronunciation is
getting good, but we're a couple of mockers,

is that right?

190

-5F:

H.M.Jr:
F:

That's very good.
O. K.

Well, Henry, you can count on that being
absolutely true, that Averill Harriman does
not want to go as a Minister and that he'11

go if he's just sent at large.

H.M.Jr:

Well, don't lean too heavily on me because
I doubt if I get a chance to talk to the
President tonight.

F:

Well, I didn't mean tonight - maybe tomorrow.

H.M.Jr:

All right.

F:

And something is holding the thing up anyhow.

H.M.Jr:

Right.

F:

Well, you go in and have a rest before your
dinner.

H.M.Jr:

Thank you.

F:

Good, Henry.

H.M.Jr:

Good-bye.

January 23, 1941
4:42 p.m.

191
Leon

Henderson:

Hey, I'm going away tomorrow night -

H.M.Jr:

Yeh.

H:

For several weeks.

H.M.Jr:

Yeh.

H:

And
- here's what I - as a personal favor,
here's what I wish you'd do for me.

H.M.Jr:
H:

What's that?

I'd like to have Dave Ginsburg and John Ham

who are going to be in charge while I'm gone H.M.Jr:

Yeh.

H:

- that will be John Ham as the Deputy -

H.M.Jr:

Yeh.

H:

- be able to call you up when there's any threat
against my Division, as there's likely to be
when I get out of town, and come over and tell
you about it and also come and talk to you if
we get into any tough situations.
Well I consider it a great compliment.-

H.M.Jr:
H:

H.M.Jr:
H:

H.M.Jr:

Operator:

I'd - that you just paid me.

I'd I say it's a great compliment.
?

H.M.Jr:

Hello.

H:

Yeh.

H.M.Jr:

I consider it a compliment.

H:

Well thanks, that pleases me very very much.

H.M.Jr:

Sure, I'll watch it for you.

H:

These fellows - there are things going on - that

if I stayed around I'd just - I'd just buck, that's

all.

-2H.M.Jr:
H:

192

Well -

And 80 far, they've left my Division alone and

I'm
out.

just full of it and I'd better get to hell

H.M.Jr:

Well, you tell them any time they're worried while

H:

All right. I'll tell them - suppose I drop a note

I'm here to come over and see me.

80 that they can get through to you if they have to.

H.M.Jr:
H:

That's all right.
All right. I'11 leave word. And when you -

say,
you know that lumber chart that George prepared
for
you?

H.M.Jr:
H:

Yeh.

I had it photostated. I had on a running mate of
it the day I went down and talked to the lumber

people.
H.M.Jr:

Yeh.

H:

You'll see it in the paper. Well, I told them

the only thing I understood was the price situation
and - I said to the Chairman - "Have you seen this?"

He said, "Oh yes, oh yes." "Well," I said, "the

newspaper men haven't." So I gave them all copies.

H.M.Jr:
H:

H.M. Jr:

H:

Yes.

And then I told them what we were going to do what I was going to do if lumber prices didn't come
down some more. And you 11 probably see about it -

I've seen it on the ticker and I'm tickled to death.
I think it's wonderful.
I gave all (Laughs) - I gave everybody in sight a
copy (Laughs) -

H.M.Jr:

Wonderful.

H:

- of George's chart so that there would be no doubt
about it.

H.M.Jr:

If you have time, call up George and tell him.
Well, John Ham is going to do it, you see, because

H:

I want George and him to be en rapport.

193
3

H.M.Jr:

Good. That's swell.

H:

All right, Henry.

H.M.Jr:

Get some rest.

H:

All right.

H.M.Jr:

Good bye.

H:

Bye.

194

January 23, 1941

Dear Leons

I have your letter of January 16, 1941, in which you
indicate that, despite the flaxibility granted by present
regulations, Government agencies are death to exercise the

right granted them in the application of spocifications for

lumber.

The matter has been referred to the Procurement Divi-

sion with instructions to take up through the Federal Specifinations Division the development of the action that should
be taken.

IS is obvious that before any agencies are authorised
to wake inspections of lumber for use by the Federal govern-

meat they - be property qualified. The Procurement Divisiem will Look into the subject and develop the full facts
with regard to 10.
Sincerely yours,
(Signed) E

Secretary of the Treasury

Mr. Love Benderson, Constructions,
The Minisury Commission to the

Comeil of National Defense

CC to Mr. Thompson

cry &

195

January 23, 1941

Dear Leons

I have your letter of January 16, 1941, in which you
indicate that, despite the flexibility granted by present
regulations, Government agencies are death to exercise the

right granted them in the application of specifications for
lumber.

The matter has been referred to the Procurement Division with instructions to take up through the Federal Specifications Division the development of the action that should
be taken.

It is obvious that before any agencies are authorised
to make inspections of lumber for use by the Federal governsent they aust be properly qualified. The Procurement Divi-

sion will look into the subject and develop the full facts
with regard to it.
Sincerely yours,

(Signed) E. Jr.
Secretary of the Treasury

Mr. Loon Nonderson, Commissioner,
The Advisory Commission to the

Council of National Defense

196
THE ADVISORY COMMISSION TO THE COUNCIL OF NATIONAL DEFENSE
FEDERAL RESERVE BUILDING
WASHINGTON D.C.

January 16, 1941

The Honorable

Henry Morgenthau, Jr.

Secretary of the Treasury
Washington, D. C.

Dear Henry:

In your letter of December 23, 1940, on the
subject of lumber prices and grade marking, you called
my attention to the fact that regulations of the Procurement Division provide complete flexibility in the basis
of lumber specifications used by Government buying agencies.

Since then I have gone into the matter a little further and
find that while agencies may depart from the specifications,
they are loath to do so without more positive suggestions
from the Procurement Division.

In keeping with this thought it has been suggested
that private inspection agencies other than those mentioned
in the specifications be permitted on approval of the Procurement Division, and that the Procurement Division maintain a
list of such approved private inspection agencies, notifying

all constructing agencies of such a list. Mr. Mack and

Mr. LeFevre have indicated that they would favor maintaining

a list of approved inspection agencies if you approve. I
think this will have a greater bearing on purchases in the
future since the limited approved inspections now contained

in the specifications, which have rightly or wrongly been

accepted as the only sources, have had a tendency to maintain
certain undesirable features in the lumber setup.
Sincerely yours,

Leon

Leon Henderson
Commissioner

Copy to Mr. mack 1.27.41

197
January 23, 1941

Dear Mr. Harrimans

Thank you for your letter of January 21.

I am glad to note the uniform drop

in prices of lumber at Camp Knox as between November 6th and January 15th.

Yours sincerely,

Mr. W. A. Harriman,

Industrial Materials Division,
Advisory Commission to the

Council of National Defense,

Washington, D. C.

198

January 23, 1941

Dear Mr. Harrimans

Thank you for your letter of Januany 21.

I as glad to note the uniform drop

in prices of lumber at Camp Knox as between November 6th and January 15th.

Yours sincerely,
(Signed)

Mr. W. A. Harriman,

Industrial Materials Division,

Advisory Commission to the

Council of National Defense,
Washington, D. c.

199
January 23, 1941

Dear Mr. Harriman:

Thank you for your letter of Januany 21.

I am glad to note the uniform drop

in prices of lumber at Camp Knox as between November 6th and January 15th.

Yours sincerely,
(Signed) E Morganitas. Jr.

Mr. W. A. Harriman,

Industrial Materials Division,

Advisory Commission to the

Council of National Defense,
Washington, D. C.

200
THE ADVISORY COMMISSION TO THE COUNCIL OF NATIONAL DEFENSE
WASHINGTON, D. C.

January 21, 1941

Honorable Henry Morgenthau, Jr

Secretary of the Treasury
Treasury Department
Washington, D. C.

Dear Mr. Secretary:

Knowing of your personal interest in the
question of lumber prices, I am enclosing for
your information a tabulation comparing the
delivered prices of certain types of lumber
for Camp Knox, covering purchases made November
6 and January 15.

Sincerely,

N. Harriman
D.G
W. A. Harriman

Industrial Materials Division

Enclosure

1201

ss

W

201

Comparison of Delivered Prices on Camp Knox

November 6

January 15

Difference

1940

1941

x - 8 16

$34.25

$29.91

- 4.34

x 10 16

34.46

30.02

4.44

x8 10 16

36.40

32.90

- 3.50

x10 12 16

37.48

31.50

- 5.98

x10 20

43.50

41.50

2.00

x12 12 18

40.48

34.75

5.73

x6 T&G

37.16

34.14

3.02

166 - 8 - 10 - 12 S4S or T&G

37.13

34.22

2.91

38.80

34.70

4.10

34.88

30.23

4.65

2 Common

Drop Siding #105

x3-4-5 T&G

1001

SECURITY

202
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION

DATE January 23, 1940
10:15 A.M.
TO

FROM

Secretary Morgenthau
W. H. Hadley

Market Estimates on New Note

Salomon Bros.

100.12-15

Discount Corp.

100.16-20

Devine

100.12

new

203

PLAIN

JT

LONDON

Dated January 23, 1941

Rec'd 4:17 p.m.
Secretary of State,
Washington.

266, twenty-third.
FOR TREASURY.

Mr. Bevin's speech in the Commons on Wednesday

(a summary of which is being cabled tomorrow) and the two

days' debate which was replied to yesterday by the Prime
Minister COVERED production and manpower policy, the USE
of compulsory POWERS and the new machinery commented upon

in the Embassy's telegram No. 58 of January 7, the announce-

ment of the latter having been made during the Parliamentary

recess and the reaction to it having indicated that anxisty
regarding the government's policy on manpower, production

and wages was still widespread, lent special importance to

the debate. The Prime Minister's lucid Explanation of the
fact that it takes time to build and Equip factories, many
of which are now coming or about to COME into production,

Explains much of the apparent delay in compelling the

closing down of non-essential industries and the transfer

of labor to munitions and aircraft, Etc. production, while
Bevin's

204

-2- 266, January 23, from London

Bevin's outline of plans for industrial registration, the
USE of women labor, restriction of dismissals from nationally important works, personnel management, etc. has been

welcomed, (though it is strangely reminiscent of countless Editorials published in the early WEEKS of war).
His statement that the reservoir of workers, 80 far as men
are concerned "is practically dry" is significant but
renders the still published though misleading unemployment
returns EVEN more meaningless than was thought. Though

his plans contain SOME instances of the USE of compulsion,

such as the order about to be issued which will forbid
Employers to dismiss workers and workers to leave jobs

in a "national industry" (to be defined in the order) his
preference to USE compulsory powers "more in a directory
SENSE than in what is generally understood to be the

compulsory SENSE" leaves most of his critics unsatisfied,

especially in view of his statements regarding wages. HE
said, "To those who suggest there is no wage policy, my

reply is that a wise step was taken in relying on the
SENSE of responsibility of the organizations in industry.
Wage-negotiating machinery has been Expanded Enormously in

the last quarter of a century. That BENSE of responsibility
is made evident by the careful consideration given by these
bodies to Each adjustment which has been made, and

honorable members will be interested to compare the increase
of

205

-3- 266, January 23, from London

of wage rates 80 far granted with the cost-of-living
increase. Wage rates should not be confused with earnings;
where workpeople increase their earnings as a result of

increased production that is a thing which ought to be
encouraged." HE urged that conditions of labor and
differences in wage raises also had to be considered and
claimed that the wages and arbitration order has prevented
stoppages "one of the greatest testimonies to the wisdom
of the policy followed". HE concluded his remarks on wages

as follows: "Another advantage of this procedure is that
it is not static. The parties are now considering whether
there should be any change in method, and in handling this

question it is essential that the state and industry should
march together and maintain mutual confidence. Personally

I am not attracted by the idea of creating a condition which
leads to mass movement in wages and political settlement."
These few generalities on the wages question tend only to

increase the anxiety regarding prospects of an inflationary
price rise (which has been frequently mentioned in these
telegrame recently, BEE Nos. 3945 of November 4, 3978 of
DECEMBER 6, 1940 and 41 of January 6 and 58 of January 7,

1941). An Example of typical press comment is the following from the MANCHESTER GUARDIAN of January 22: "Mr.

Bevin's sketchy speech would appear to be something of a

stopgap, otherwise it is incredible that he should have
omitted

206

-4- 266, January 23, from London

omitted to say anything of the effects on the non-war
industries and that he should run away from a declaration

on wage policy. There is, or should be, a clear
connection between the indefinitely Expansible earnings
of munition workers (which Mr. Bevin professes to regard

with such pleasure) and the gradual strangling of the
industries making consumer goods on which the munition

workers will try to spend their money". Furthermore the
nature of Mr. Bevin's statement on wages must be regarded

as particularly significant in view of today's announcement of the National Arbitration Tribunal's decision that
an addition of 3s. 6d. PER WEEK should be made to the

wages of Engineering and shipbuilding workers, (the former's
demand for 10s. and the latter's for 12s. had been rejected
by the Employers on the grounds that the increases would

DE contrary to the national interest). As a TIMES Editorial
points out today, the tribunal gave no reasons whatEVEr

for its decision. Did it overrule the Employers' objection,
regard that consideration as outside its jurisdiction, or
was its decision based on the desirability of attracting
labor to these two particular industries? "There has been
no Endeavor to lay the foundations of a national wage 8

policy (or, if there has, it is a secret), and according
to Mr. Bevin, a national wages policy is not desired by
the government. Without doubt the tribunal's decision will
give

207

-5- 266, January 23, from London

give an impulse to a series of wage applications which
may spread through industry and enter into cost of living
and thud give rise to further wage increases and so

ad infinitum - or to inflation." Indeed the whole
government position as put by Mr. Bevin and the Prime

Minister himself, omits any reference to the problem of

inflation or to any aspects of the financial situation.
While admittedly finance must be regarded as secondary

to the vital problems of physical production, the avoidanos
of an inflationary impetus is now becoming increasingly
urgent as shop shortages are becoming prevalent and the

cost of living continues to increase. Even if the
government is relying upon the full impact of the purchase
tax and the shortages of many articles in the shops to
force curtailment of consumption, there SEEMS to be no

ground for supposing that curtailment of the spending of

the rising money wages will result or that savings will
not increase proportionately.
(END SECTION ONE)
JOHNSON

WSB

208

PARAPHRASE, SECTION TWO, TELEGRAM NO. 266 OF

January 23, 1941, from the American Embassy, London

Doubtless the Government 18 fully aware of all the

factors involved; however, up to the present it has not

seen fit to recognize publicly that financial policy
inevitably has farreaching effects on economic problems,

and that all economic problems have their financial aspect.
The critics of the Government assume this interrelation
in urging the case for economic coordination, but their
arguments 80 far have been for the most part ignored both

in the formulation of policy and in the composition of the
machinery.
END OF MESSAGE.
JOHNSON.

3S

EA:LWW

RECEIVED

209

PARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM RECEIVED

FROM: American Embassy, (Paris) Vichy
DATE: January 23, 1941, noon

Rec'd 8:25 a.m., Jan. 24.

NO.: 94
As the Embassy previously informed the Department,

the Germans postponed until the thirty-first of January
the date on which they will begin to open safety deposit
boxes in the occupied territory by force. When the boxes
are opened, gold, foreign currency, and unset precious
stones which are found in the boxes voluntarily opened

for examination are set aside in a special blocked deposit
with the bank where the holder has his box. The German

authorities have the "right" to requisition those holdings,
and they can pay for them, at prices fixed by themselves,
in French francs.

It is stated by the Finance Ministry and the Vichy
representative of banks which have branches in the occupied

zone, that the Germans have not up to the present, with

the exception of a few isolated instances, begun to

requisition the gold securities and other items found in
the boxes. However, it has been necessary for the
inhabitants of the "annexed" provinces of Alsace-Lorraine
to turn over the gold, foreign exchange and foreign securities
which they held, complying with the regulations which are
in force in Germany itself.
The

210

2The

Embassy

about the

safety

Belgium.

It

Norway

18

has

been

get

probable that

and

MESSAGE.

LEAHY.

EA:LWW

information

Netherlands

and

in

covering
in Vichy.
END

211
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
WASHINGTON

reply refer to
893.5151/817

January 23, 1941

The Secretary of State presents his compliments to
the Honorable the Secretary of the Treasury and encloses
herewith copies of the paraphrase of a telegram received
from the American Consulate General at Shanghai, dated

January 17, 1941, concerning rumors to the effect that
the Chinese financial authorities may request the American

Treasury to freeze private Chinese dollar holdings.

Enclosure:

From Shanghai, no.77,
January 17, 1941.

212
PARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM RECEIVED

FROM: American Consulate General, Shanghai, China.

DATE: January 17, 1941, 3 p.m.

NO. : 77.

In connection with recurrent rumors that financial authorities
of China may request the United States Treasury to freeze private

Chinese holdings in the United States of United States dollars in

order to prepare for possible nationalization of such funds, or the
prevention of the acquirement of United States dollar exchange through
the exchange market in Shanghai by the Japanese or puppet regimes

in China, the opinion is expressed by certain Chinese local commercial

bankers that if such action is taken it would not prove to be effective.
These bankers maintain that practically all of the larger United States
dollar accounts in American banks held by government officials of
China, wealthy individuals and leading commercial banks already have

been transferred to the nominal credit of financial institutions in
American or nationals of America under deeds of trust or other arrange-

ments to avoid their being nationalized or frozen. It is stated, therefore, that it is likely that such a measure would effect the small
holders only, their life savings in many cases being represented. It is

believed that in the aggregate only a small fraction of the total of
such credits would be represented.
LOCKHART

PEG

EA:VCL

Copy:bj

213
PARAPHRASE OF TELEGRAM RECEIVED

FROM: American Embassy, Berlin, Germany

DATE: January 23, 1941, 5 p.m.

NO.: 252

CONFIDENTIAL.

Reliable information has come to the Embassy that
the German military command in Belgium has issued orders

that there be placed at its disposal by the Belgian Ministry
of Finance the sum of 2.5 billion france as a further
instalment on the German Army of Occupation's expenses.

This would make a total, up to the thirty-first of December,
1940, of 5.5 billion france. The new instalment, the
Belgian Treasury is informed, would cover the costs of
the Army of Occupation for November and December only.

It WAS informed also that the previous instalment had not

covered the occupation costs up to the last day of October

in full, but that it might not necessarily be that the
future monthly charge would average 1 1/4 billion francs.
Should the rate for the months of November and

December continue for the costs of the occupation army,

the German military administration will have to be provided
by the Belgian Government with about 15 billion francs

each year, or at the present official exchange rate,
roughly $500,000,000. The average pre-war budget of Belgium

was 11 billion francs; the budget estimates of expenditures

during 1940 total 19 billion francs, as against 12 billion
france

214

-2france for receipts. The German military command's last
demand for indemnity of 1 1/4 billion france monthly, or
roughly $40,000,000, contrasts with the monthly indemnity
of only 40,000,000 gold francs, or roughly $8,000,000,
which was demanded by the Germans during the occupation

1914-1918. Efforts are being made, it is understood,
by Belgian officials to have the demands for indemnity

reduced, but it is not believed that there are promising
chances that they will succeed.
You are requested to inform the Treasury of the
foregoing.
MORRIS.

EA:LWW

215
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION

DATE January 23, 1941.
Secretary Morgenthau

CONFIDENTIAL

FROM Mr. Cochran

Registered sterling transactions of the reporting banks were as follows:
Sold to commercial concerns
Purchased from commercial concerns

184,000

55,000

Open market sterling remained at 4.03-1/2. Transactions of the reporting banks
were:

Sold to commercial concerns
Purchased from commercial concerns

L 5,000

After opening at the current low of 17-1/4% discount, the Canadian dollar in-

proved during the day, and closed at 16-1/4%

The Argentine free peso further improved to close at .2380, as compared with the
level of .2360 which prevailed prior to January 21.

Closing quotations for the other currencies were:
Swiss franc
Swedish krona
Reichsmark
Lira

Brazilian milreis (free)

Mexican peso
Cuban peso

Chinese yuan

.2321-1/2
.2385-1/2
.4005
.0505
.0505
.2066

7-13/16% discount
.05-1/2

There were no gold transactions consummated by us today.
No new gold engagements were reported.

The Bombay gold price declined 2$ to the equivalent of $34.06. Silver was 1/8
lower at the equivalent of 44.76
In London, the prices fixed for spot and forward silver were both unchanged,
at 23-3/16d and 23-1/8d respectively. The dollar equivalents were 42.10 and 41.994.
Handy and Harman's settlement price for foreign silver was unchanged at 34-3/44.
The Treasury's purchase price for foreign silver was also unchanged at 35

-2-

216

We made four purchases of silver totaling 350,000 ounces under the Silver Purchase Act. Of this amount, 50,000 ounces represented a sale from inventory, and
150,000 ounces consisted of new production from foreign countries, for forward delivery.
The remaining 150,000 ounces represented part of a shipment of 821,747 ounces which
was shipped to this country early in the month from Rangoon, India, by the Central
Bank of China. So far, we have purchased 250,000 ounces of the Chinese shipment.

CONFIDENTIAL

217
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION

DATE January 23, 1941

Mrs. Klotz
FROM

Mr. Morgenthau

See Offanes memo
of 1/39/41

I want Harold Graves to get together with Professor
Odegard and begin to study what kind of an administrative
setup we need for a popular drive on United States securi-

ties. I am going to look to Harold Graves for the administrative setup, and I expect him to put this machinery in
order and start it going. I also want Harold Graves to

concentrate on this beginning with today and work shoulder
to shoulder with Professor Odegard as this is one of the
next important steps which I want to take.
Carbon copy to Mr. Graves
on 1/23/41 at 9:15 a.m.

218

MEMORANDUM

January 23, 1941
TO:

The Secretary

FROM:

Mr. Young

RE:

British Planes Awaiting Shipment in New York

I have been informed by the British Purchasing
Commission that there are twenty Curtiss P-40'8 now on
hand in New York, and that sixteen additional P-40's
were shipped on Tuesday.

I expect to receive information as to other

types of planes on hand in New York later today, and
arrangements are being made to secure this information
regularly once a week.

R.

219
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION

DATE January 22, 1941
TO

FROM

Mr. Young

Secretary Morgenthau

Please let me know how many Curtiss P-40s there
are in New York awaiting shipment now, and while you

are asking the English for that information, you might

as well find out how many other planes there are awaiting

shipment in New York. I would like to have this informa-

tion from now on regularly once a week.

20 + 16 1/21

Draft of 1/23/91
220

EXECUTIVE ORDER

ESTABLISHING A CIVILIAN ECONOMIC DEFENSE COMMITTEE,
REGULATING TRANSACTIONS IN FOREIGN EXCHANGE, PORSION
PROPERTY AND FOREIGN BUYING, CONTROLLING THE EXPORT

AND OTHER DEALINGS IN DEFENSE MATERIALS, THE RE UISITIONING THEREOF, SHIP MOVEMENTS, AND THE PROTECTION
OF DEPENSE PRODUCTION FROM RESTRAINTS AND FORMION
CONTROL, AND RELATED WATTERS.

By virtue of and pursuent to the authority vested in me

by the Constitution, by section 1 of Title II of the Ast of
June 15, 1917 (40 Stat. 220), by section 5(b) of the Act of
October 6, 1917 (40 Stat. 415), as smended, b section 2(a)

of the Act of June 28, 1940 (54 Stat. 676), by section 6 of
the Act of July 2g 1940 (54 Stat. 714), by the Act of October

10, 1940 (54 Stat. 1090), and by virtue of all other
authority vested in no, and by virtue of the continued
existence of a period of national econgency, and finding

that this Order is in the public interest and is necessary
in the interest of national defence and security, it is hereby ordered as follows
TITLE I

Section 1. There is hereby established a Civilian
Economic Defense Committee (horeinafter referred to as the

Committee*). The Committee shall consist of the Secretary

221

of State, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Atternay General,
the Federal Loan Ministrator, and a member of the Office
of Production Management to be appeiated by it. The Commit-

too, with the assent of the Secretary of State is respect

of policies under Titles II and III hereof, and asting
either directly or through such subcomittees, agencies or
personnel as the Committee may designate or employ, shall

formulate policies relating to the carrying out of the
purposes of this Order.

Section 2. Subject to policies formulated by the

Committee (a) Titles II and III of this Order shall be
administered by the Secretary of the Treasury, and (b) Title
IV of this Order shall be administered by the Attorney
General.

Title II
Executive Order No. 8389 of April 10, 1940, as amended,
amending Executive Order No. 6560 of January 15, 1934, is

amended to read as follows

Section 9. Notwithstanding any of the provisions

of sections 1 to s, inclusive, of this Order, all of the

following transactions are prohibited, - as speakfinally authorised by the Secretary of the Treasury by
means of regulations, rulings, instructions, licenses,
or otherwise, if involving property in which any foreign
country designated is this Order, or any national
thereof, has at any time on or since the effective date
of this Order had any interest of any nature whatsoover,

direct or indirects

222

-30

A. All treatfore of credit between any I
ing institutions within the United States and all
treasfers of credit between any banking institution
within the United States and any banking institu-

tion outside the United States (including any
principal, agent, home office, branch, or correepresent outside the United States, of a banking

institution within the United States),
3. All payments by or to any banking institaties within the United States,
c. All transactions in foreign exchange by
any person within the United States,
D. The export or withdrawal from the United

States, or the emairing of gold or silver eain
or bullion or currency by any person within the
United States,

E. All transfers, withdravals or exportations
of, or dealings in, any evidences of indebtotness
or evidences of ownership of property by any person

within the United States and
F. Any transaction for the purpose or which
has the effect of evading or evoiding the foregoing
prohibitions.
Section 10.

A. All of the following transactions are

prohibited, - as specifically authorised by
the Secretary of the Treasury by I of regulations,

223

-4-

rulings, instructions, licenses, or otherwises

(1) The acquisition, disposition or
treasfer of, OF other dealing in, or with
respect so, any security or evidence thereof
on which there is stamped or imprinted, or

to which there is effixed or otherwise at
tached, a Bax stemp or other stamp of a

foreign country designated in this Order or

a moterial or similar seal which by its comtents indicates that is was stamped, impristed,
affixed or attached within such foreign
country, or where the attendant circumstances

disclose or indicate that such stamp or seal
my, at any time, have been stamped, imprint-

ed, affixed or attached thereto; and

(2) The acquisition by, or transfer to,
any person within the United States of any

interest is any security or evidence thereof
if the attendent circumstances disclose or
indicate that the security or evidence

thereof is not physically situated within the
United States.

B. The Secretary of the Treasury may investi-

gate, regulate, or prohibit under such regulations,

rulings, or instructions as he my prescribe, by
means of Licenses or otherwise, the sending, mail-

ing, importing or otherwise bringing, directly or
indirectly, into the United States, from any

224

-5-

foreign country, of any securities or evidences

thereof or the receiving or holding in the United
States of any securities or ovidences thereof so
brought tabe the United States.

Section 11. The term "foreign country designated

in this Order means a foreign country included in the
following schedule, and the term "effective date of
this Order means with respect to any such foreign

country, or any national thereof, the date specified
is the following schedules

(a) April 8, 1940 Mercey and
Desmarks

(b) May 10, 1940 the Netherlands,
Belgium and
lexesbourg;

(e) June 17, 1940 France

(a) July 10, 1940 -

Lativia, Batonia and
Lithmanias

(a) October 9. 1940 Summits; and

. 1941 -

(s)

Albania,

Austria,
Bulgaria,
Caochoclevakin,
Dearis,
Financial,
Managery,

Italy,

LiceMonstein,

Paland,

Portugal,
San Marine,
Spain,
Seadon,

225

-6-

Switserland and
Yugoslavia.

The "effective date of this Order with respect to
any foreign country not designated in this Order shall
be deemed to be

, 1941.

Section 12.

A. The Secretary of the Treasury may require,

by seens of regulations, rulings, instructions, or
otherwise, any person to furnish under oath, in the
form of reports or etherwise, from time to time and at
such time or times as he may designate, complete infor-

nation relative to any transaction referred to in
section 5(b) of the Act of October 6, 1917 (40 Stat. 415),
as assended, or with respect to the interest of any foreign
country or any national thereof in any property, including
the production of any books of account, contracts, letters,
or other papers, in connection therewith, is the custody

or control of such person, either before or after such
transaction is completed, and the Secretary of the Treasury
may, through any agency that be may designate, investigate

any such transaction or act, or any violation of the
provisions of this Order.
B. Every person engaging in any of the transac-

tions referred to is sections 9 and 10 of this Order

shall keep a full record of each such transaction gaged in by him, regardlers of whether such transaction
is effected pursuant to license or otherwise, and such

226

.7.
record shall be available for emaination by a representative of the Treasury Department for at least one

year after the date of such transaction.
Section 13.

so The term "transections . .. involving property
in which any foreign country designated in this Order,

or any national thereof, has . : any interest* shall
include, but not by way of limitation, (1) any payments

or transfer to such foreign country or any national
thereof, (11) any export or withdrawal from the United
States to such foreign country and (111) any transfer
of credit expressed in terms of the currency of such
foreign country.

B. The term "foreign country* shall include, but
not by way of limitation, the state and the government

thereof on the effective date of this Order as well as
any political subsivision, agency or instrumentality
thereof or any territory, dependency, colony, protestomate, made, dominion, possession or place subject

to the jurisdiction thereof) - shall also include any
other government (including any political subdivision,

agency, or instrumentality thereof) to the extent and
only to the extent that such government emercises or

alains to emercise de juro or do fasto sovereignly over

the area which - such effective date constituted such
foreign country) and shall further include any person
to the extent that such person in, OF has been, or to

227

the extent that there is reasonable - to believe
that such person is, or has been, since such effective

date, asking or purporting to not directly or indirectly for the benefit or on behalf of any of the foregoing.
C. The term *national* shall include any person

who has been deniciled in, or a subject, citisen or
resident of a foreign country at any time on or since

the effective date of this Order, but shall not, eept as harvinafter provided, include any individual
dentailed and residing in the United States at all
times on and since such effective date, end shall also
include any partnership, association, corporation or
other organization organised under the laws of, or which

- or since such effective date had or has had its
principal place of business in such foreign country,
or which on or since much effective date was or has

been controlled by, or a substantial part of the stock,
shares, bonds, debenturos, noten, drafts, or other

monities or obligations of which - or has been

c or controlled to directly or indirectly, much
foreign country and/or one or more nationals thereof as
herein defineds and shall further include my person

to the extent that such passes is, or has been, since

such effective date, esting or purporting to not direct-

by or indirectly for the benefit or on behalf of 1
foreign country or national thereofs and shall further
instate any other person who there is reasonable cause

to believe is a as herein defined. In -

228

-9case in which by virtas of the foregoing definition a
person is a national of more then one for ign country,
such person shall be deemed to be . notice of each
such foreign country. The Secretary of the Treasury
shall have full power to determine who is or shall be
deesed to be a *actional* within the meaning of this

definition. Without limitation of the foregoing, the
term First nal shall also include any other person who
is determined by the Secretary of the Treasury to be,
or to have been, since such effective date, acting or

perforking to art directly or indirectly under the
direction of a designated foreign country or national

thereof, as herein defined. The term *direction", as
used herein, shall include any power to guide, shape,

determine or appertain the activities or policies of
any person, because of any relationship is fast, be
class of any contract, patest pool, understanding,
agreement, including any licensing, marketing, or
regulty agreement, any agreement to exchange inform

tion, or any other agreement, whether or act legally
enforceable.

D. The term "beaking institution as used in
section 9 shall include any person engaged primarily

or incidentally is the business of banking, of and
ing or triasferring credits, or of purchasing or selling
foreign exchange of procuring purchasers and sellers

thereof, as principal or agent, or any porsia holding

credits for others se a direct or indidental part of

229

-10-

his business, or brokers; and, each principal, agent,
home office, brench or correspondent of any person so
engaged shall be regarded as a separate "banking in-

stitution".
E. The torn "this Order", as used in this Title,
shall neen Executive Order No. 6560 of January 15, 1934,
as amended.

Section 14. The Regulations of November 12, 1934, are

hereby modified in so far as they are inconsistent with the

provisions of sections 9 to 14, inclusive, of this Order,
and except 3.5 so sodified are hereby continued in full force
and effect.
TITLE III

Section 1. Coordination of Foreim Buying, Subject
to the policies formulated by the Committee, the Secretary
of the Treasury shall coordinate the buying, or other accur-

sition, including negotiations therefor, by or on behalf of
any foreign country or national thereof, of all defense
articles, including all military equipment and munitions,
component parts thereof, and cachinery, tools, and material
and supplies necessary for the manufacture, servicing or

operation of defense articles, in such a unner as will most

effectively further the interests of national defense. For
such purpose the Secretary of the Treasury shall serve as
the limison officer between this Government and foreign

countries and nationals thereof. The Secretary of the
Treasury shall keep the Committee currently and fully in-

formed of his activities in connection herewith.

230

-11-

Section 2. heart Internet The Preclautions, Orders
and Regulations heretafore issued water section 6 of the

let of July 2, 1940 (54 Stat. 724) shall, - as herein
or otherwise assested, remain in full fores and effect and

the functions of the Maintstrator of Export Central and
his staff shall be subject to the supervision and central of
the Secretary of the Treasury asking subject to the policies
formulated by the Committee and the licensing presentere

in effect as of the date of this Order shall remain in of
feet util notified, amended or revolved by regulations hereafter issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.
Section 3. Percisitioning of Materials Design Breads
The Executive Order and Regulations heretefore issued water

the Ast of October 10, 1940 (54 Stat. 1090) shall, except
as herein or otherwise assessed, remain is full force and

effect, assept that the powers therein vested in the Sourstary of Nar and the Secretary of the Nevy, acting jointly
through the Away - Hevy Monitions Board, are hereby
transferred to the Committee, asking with the approval of
the Away and Havy Institute Board, and the frustions of the

of Report Central and his staff shall be jest to the supervision and central of the Secretary of the
Treasury subject to the policies formisted by the Committee.

Seekies 40 Sential of Sale The Proclemetion and the regulations issued under section 1 of Title II
of the Ast of Jaso 15, 1917 (w Set. 220) shall remain in
full force and effect, and the administration thereof by
the Secretary of the Treasury shall be subject to the

231

12 -

policies formulated by the Committee.
TITLE IV

Section 1. Protestion of Defense Production from
Restructs and Foreign Control. With such advice and
assistance as he may require from the several departments
and agencies of the Federal Government, the Attorney General

shall, acting in accordance with the policies formulated by
the Committee and pursuant to the authority hereinbefore re-

ferred to, or pursuant to any other authoritys
(a) Conduct investigations, bring ground jury
proceedings, recommend legislative or other programs,

and take such other action as may be appropriate for the

purpose of deeling with restrictions, hindrances or
conduct detrimental to national defense or security, and

affecting production, trade and other overations incidental thereto, by reason of or imposed bys

(1) any foreign central or influence over or

interest in, directly or indirectly, any business
or industrial establishment, enterprise, activity;
(11) any agreements, licenses, patent arrangements, conspirucies or other practices or doviees)

(111) industrial espionage or sabotage or

the obtaining of information by any foreign interest.

(b) In aid of national defense and security, furnish information and reader such assistance as the
Attorney General may dees appropriate, with regard to

232
- 13 -

the foregoing Betters upon request of the Office of
Production Management or any other interested agency of
the Government.

(a) Perform such other related functions as the
Committee, with the approval of the Attorney General,

may from time to time assign or delegate to him.
TITLE v

Section 1. Recommendations by the Consittee. The
Committee shall engage in such studies end shall make such
recommendations to the President, to the Congress and to the
appropriate departments and agencies of the Government as

the Committee doess in the interests of the economic defense

of the United States.

Section 2. Continued Validity of Prior Actions and
Saving Class Except as otherwise provided, this Order shall
not be deemed to revoke any regulation, license, ruling, instruction or other action issued or taken pursuant to any law,
proolamation, order or regulation heretofore referred to which

is in effect as of the date of this Order) provided, however,

that all such regulations, licenses, rulings, instructions,
or other actions shall be subject to the provisions of this
Order and the regulations, licenses, rulings, instructions
or other actions issued or takes thereunder. Any amendment,

modification or revocation by or pursuant to the provisions

of this Order of any orders, proclamations, regulations, rulings,
instructions or licenses shall not effect any not done or

233
- 14 -

any suit or proceeding and or contented in any civil or
criminal case prior to such assember modification or

revocation, and all penalties, forfeitures and liabilities
under any such orders, proolamations, regulations, rulings,

instructions or licenses shall continue and my be enforced
as if such amendment, modification or revocation bed not
been made.

Section 3. Regulations. Except with respect to Title
IV, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized and emporer-

ed to prescribe from time to time regulations, rulings, and
instructions to CAPTY out the purposes of this Order and

the proclamations and orders herein referred to, and to provide therein or otherwise the conditions under which licenses
may be granted by or through such officers or agencies as
the Secretary of the Treesury may designate, and the decision

of the Secretary with respect to the granting, denial or

other disposition of a license shall be final.
Section 4. It shall be conclusively presumed that any

regulation, license, ruling, instruction or other action by
the Secretary of the Treasury or the Attorney General under
the Order has been issued or taken in accordance with and

subject to the policies formulated by the Committee with
the essent of the Secretary of State.
Section 5. Revocation. This Executive Order and any

regulations, rulings, licenses or instructions issued

234
- 15 -

herounder may be amended, modified or revoked at any
time.

THE WHITE MOUSE,

. 1941.

235

January 23, 1941

My dear Mr. Schenker:

Thank you for your memorandum of Janu-

ary 22nd advising me of recent developments

in connection with the disposition by the

British of their direct investments in this
country.

Yours sincerely,
(Signed) H. Morgenthau, Jr.

Mr. David Schenker, Director

Investment Company Division,
Securities and Exchange Commission,
Washington, D. C.

236

January 23, 1941

My dear Mr. Schenker:

Thank you for your memorandum of Janu-

ary 22nd advising me of recent developments

in connection with the disposition by the

British of their direct investments in this
country.

Yours sincerely,

Mr. David Schenker, Director

Investment Company Division,
Securities and Exchange Commission,
Washington, D. C.

237

January 23, 1941

My dear Mr. Schenkers

Thank you for your memorandus of Jamu-

any 22nd advising me of recent developments

in connection with the disposition by the

British of their direct investments in this
country.

Yours sincerely,
(Signed) E Morganthau, Jr.

Mr. David Scheaker, Director

Investment Company Division,
Securities and Exchange Commission,
Washington, D. C.

238
MR. MORGENTHAU'S OFFICE TOwr. Bell

Mr. Thompson

Mr. Gaston

Mr. Foley

Mr. Sullivan

Mr. Graves
######

Mr. Alexander

Mr. Haas

Mr. Allen
Mr. Bartelt

Mr. Hall

Mr. Berkshire

Mr. Harris
Mr. Helvering
Mr. Irey
Mr. Julian
Mr. Kilby

Mr. C. S. Bell
Mr. Bernard

Mrs. Bette

Mr. Birgfeld
Mr. Blough
Mr. Broughton
Mr. Bryan
Mr. Coohran

Mr. Hanna

Mr. Harper

Mr. Mulvihill
Mr. Rose
Mrs. Ross

Mr. Collie
Capt. Collins

Mr. Schwars
Mr. Sloan
Mr. Spangler

Miss Diamond

Mr. Tarleau

Mr. Dietrich

Mr. Uphan

Mr. Delano

Miss Flanagen

Mr. White
Mr. Wilson

Mr. Cochran:
The Secretary would
like to have you show
the attached memorandum
will

to Mr. Phillips.

you then pleaseHsklotz(c)
return

MEMORANDUM

17 a

DATE January 22, 1941
TO

FROM:

The Honorable Henry Morgenthau, Jr.,

phillips

The Secretary of the Treasury
David Schenker, Director, Investment Company Division,
Securities and Exchange Commission

SUBJECT British investments in America

I am sending you this brief memorandum to keep you informed

of developments since our last conference with respect to the disposi-

tion by the British of their direct investments in this country.

(a) The investment companies have been constantly trying to
ascertain when they can meet with the representatives of the British
Government to discuss the subject of the sale of these direct investments to them.

(b) Various parties, who are highly recommended, have made

inquiries with respect to specific direct investments with a view of
a3certaining whether these investments are for sale, including:
(1) One representative who manifested an interest in the
Viscous Corporation, represents a private group presently
engaged in the rayon business, who would be interested in
bidding for Viscous. He informed me his group was prepared
to pay cash and he assumed that the price would range from

$60,000,000 to $100,000,000.

(2) One investment company, which has about $20,000,000
in cash, stated they were interested not only in becomming

one of a group, but in addition, were interested in buying

the British-owned drug and chemical company in this country.

(3) Another individual stated he was prepared to pay
about $4,000,000 for a minority interest which the British
hold in a finance company in this country.
(4) A representative of the Freeport Sulphur Company
stated that that company would be interested in bidding for

any chemical or mining properties of the British.

(5) In addition, various other representatives of brokerage
firms have stated that they are prepared to bid for the direct
investments of the British.

239

MEMORANDUM
DATE

240

January 22, 1941

The Honorable Henry Morgenthau, Jr.,
The Secretary of the Treasury
David Schenker, Director, Investment Company Division,

TO:

FROM:

Securities and Exchange Commission

SUBJECT: British investments in America

Since my memorandum to you of yesterday, relating to the

British direct investments, I wish to add the following further
inquiries:

(1) Barret, Herrick & Co., 60 William Street, New York, New
York, of which Mr. Waddell, a son-in-law of Chief Justice
Hughes, is a partner, informed me that they were interested
in bidding for the British real estate and dock properties
in the City of New York.
(2) Frank H. Barnett, representing Henderson & Co., 340 Pine
Street, San Francisco, informed me that that company
would be interested in bidding for a firm known as
Theodore H. Davies, located in Honolulu (a merchandising
and sugar factor company), owned by the British and in
any Pacific Coast situations which the British may own.
(3) Benjamin Becker of Chicago informed me that some of his
clients might be interested in, bidding on Kki weffern
British-owned direct investiments.

her

241

TO KEEP YOU POSTED

CONFIDENTIAL

January 23, 1941

To:

The Secretary

From:

Mr. Young

Re: Foreign Press Reports

Attached herewith is a copy of the press reports of
English papers upon the lease-lend bill, which I have just
received from Mr. Ballantyne. The press reports upon the
testimony by witnesses are not yet available.

As

242

Received from London
January 15.

In reply to your EMPAX 43 the Times says "The unparalleled Bill

will translate into action the determination of the American people to
help the countries engaged in defending the liberty of the world. In a
country so wedded to a system of Constitutional checks and balances, a
proposal to hand over such far-reaching authority to an executive head

already accused of dictatorial leanings is bound to give a fresh opening

to his critics. There seems, however, to be no other way. If delays in
authorization caused by limitations in the power of the President are
added to delays which are inevitable, then the help which America is
anxious to give might well be too late," The Times points out that Congress

still retains control anyhow, by retaining the power of the purse.
The Daily Telegraph "Happily there can be no doubt, thanks to
the vigorous leadership of Roosevelt, about America's resolve to play her

part in real earnest as the Arsenal of the Democracies.
Stressing the President's insistence in stepping up industrial
capacity, the Telegraph points out "Time is the essence of this gigantic
undertaking, which no other nation in the world would be capable of carrying
through. The unmatched industrial potential of the United States may well
prove the deciding factor in the conflict between Hitlerism and Free Demo-

cracy. It's not big battalions, but humming factories and workshops that
are the ultimate instruments of victory in warfare today. America has
opportunity to prove that machine tools may be more potent than bombs."

The Daily Express describes the Bill as "Grand practical evidence

243

-2-

of Roosevelt's determination to support our common Democratic cause with
deeds."

The Daily Herald declares Roosevelt asked his countrymen for a

blank check to hurry assistance to Britain. Minority American opinion
thinks that the President overestimates the extent and urgency of the aid
which should be given to Britain. Yet even that minority recognises that
our cause is a common cause. America and Britain are one."
Sunday Times dwells on urgency of aid "Help within the next few
months will be of incalculably greater value than help by the Autumn and

help even by Autumn will be far more precious than in 1942. It may be

difficult for Americans to realize how immensely urgent the case is. If
they could see with their own eyes the ravages of London, or make a swift
tour of survey through Birmingham, Coventry etc. and note in each ruin,
the civil and cultural monuments, then they might know how things stand.

This British Nation will live and not die, but it is paying a terrible
price, and those for whose freedom it fights besides its own should make

all the haste they can to lessen it."
The Scotsman declares "The Bill suggests that the enemy, having

broken all the rules of International Law, the President is not inclined

to stand upon a narrow interpretation of neutrality. It is an entirely
unprecedented step that the President is taking in asking for these powers,
and if, as expected, Congress should concede them, the President and Congress,

will have shown the world how unselfishly, resolutely and nobly America can

act in defence of National Freedom and of Individual Human Rights. For the

Totalitarian Powers, the Bill may well be the writing on the wall."

244

-3-

The Manchester Guardian says the Bill goes beyond what most of us

had hoped would be possible. Citing the provision enabling us to repair
the products of the countries whose defence it is assisting, The Guardian

declares, This is a truly great concession, whose implications might be

enormous. It adds, The Bill will put a strain on a section of Congress, but
that the President's plea of urgency should carry.
The Western Mail commenting on the same provision, declares this

is a tremendous decision for a Neutral to make. "But Roosevelt has torn
up neutrality. With the mass of people behind him he has ranged his country

on our side, and he is too honest a man to maintain a specious neutrality by
giving with one hand and taking away with another."
Jan. 15/41 8.36 PM FL

245

Jan.22.1941

Further editorial comments on the Lease-Lend Bill-

Daily Telegraph. "What Congress really has decided is not whether the

United States should help Britain but whether she should defend herself.

What form their action will take is now for Congress to determine
The need now is America's as much as ours, and the Arsenal of Democ-

racy must devise its own measures of operation."

Daily Mirror. "The Bill will almost certainly pass Congress, after
which Roosevelt will be wise enough to conciliate the defeated opposition.
He will remember the mistake of President Wilson who helped to muddle

the Peace because he invited repudiation by his political enemies.
For the next and lasting Peace we desire the assent and collaboration

of the vast majority of the American people."
Sunday Times. "Sometimes it is wise to learn from the enemy. What is
German propaganda reiterating." That American aid will be too late,

that Britain will be crushed before it arrives. The ultimate volume
of output attainable by American war industry is vast, but if it were
not attained until those who could use it had gone under, where would

America be,' It would be impossible for her to build up single-handed
a defence of her own in time which, wisely used, would have been sufficient to save the British Commonwealth.
The Birmingham Post says that as the Bill goes through Congress the
wishful thinker here must be prepared for delays and disappointments,
and Roosevelt may have to accept amendments that seem to him, and still

more to us, unnecessary and unfortunate. It argues that Britain is a
worthy first line of defence for United States Democracy, and concludes
"Defence, unlike Charity, begins abroad."
Ends

Jan. 22/41 5.04 PM

246

January 23, 1941.

STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL

MEMORANDUM

TO: Secretary Morgenthau
FROM: Mr. Gaston

I am attaching a memorandum from Admiral Johnson showing the

status both of degaussing and of armament on the cutters. You will
notice that the CAMPBELL is the only one of the large cutters degaussed,
but degaussing has been done on five of the fourteen electric drive
cutters. These are of the 250 ft. class and these are the cutters of
which the Navy has asked that four be turned over in the very near
future. The Coast Guard has kept all the work up to date so far as
possible, using Navy Yards, private yards and Curtis Bay, depending

upon availability. The delaying factor is the receipt of material.

In my opinion it would be very unwise for the Navy to take over
the Coast Guard at this time. I think it would be unnecessarily alarm-

ing to the public and I don't see any practical gain. The status of

the cooperation with the Navy is excellent and we have always stood
ready to turn over any equipment that could possibly be spared for Navy
operation, considering defense needs as paramount. I believe the Coast
Guard could operate most satisfactorily, even in war time, through a
liaison arrangement rather than through absorption by the Navy. The
necessary work of the Coast Guard will have to be done in any event no
matter under whose command and I believe their safety operations generally,

law enforcement, policing of shipping, Arctic patrols and other civil
activities, including the surf stations, the lighthouse branch and Merchant Ship Control would suffer if the transfer is made. We are now

engaged in discussions with the State Department regarding this summer's

work in the Greenland area and the situation there is such that I believe the State Department might have strong objections to making this
a Navy operation.

If the Navy merely wishes to have the cutters adequately prepared

for war duty and to train them for operations with the fleet, that can
very easily be arranged and is in fact being handled under the present
set-up. If on the contrary what they desire is complete control over
merchant shipping, I think it is bad organization to give it to them in
view of the inevitably close tie-up with Customs.

NBS

247

January 23, 1941.

STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL

MEMORANDUM

TO: Secretary Morgenthau
FROM: Mr. Gaston

I - attaching a memorandum from Admiral Johnson showing the

status both of degaussing and of armament on the cutters. You will
notice that the CAMPBELL is the only one of the large cutters degaussed,
but degaussing has been done on five of the fourteen electric drive
cutters. These are of the 250 ft. class and these are the cutters of
which the Navy has asked that four be turned over in the very near
future. The Coast Guard has kept all the work up to date so far as
possible, using Navy Yards, private yards and Curtis Bay, depending

upon availability. The delaying factor is the receipt of material.

In my opinion it would be very unwise for the Navy to take over
the Coast Guard at this time. I think it would be unnecessarily alarming to the public and I don't see any practical gain. The status of

the cooperation with the Navy is excellent and we have always stood
ready to turn over any equipment that could possibly be spared for Navy
operation, considering defense needs as paramount. I believe the Coast
Guard could operate most satisfactorily, even in war time, through a
lisison arrangement rather than through absorption by the Navy. The
necessary work of the Coast Guard will have to be done in any event no
matter under whose command and I believe their safety operations generally,

law enforcement, policing of shipping, Arctic patrols and other civil
activities, including the surf stations, the lighthouse branch and Merchant Ship Control would suffer if the transfer is made. We are now

engaged in discussions with the State Department regarding this summer's

work in the Greenland area and the situation there is such that I believe the State Department might have strong objections to making this
a Navy operation.

If the Navy merely wishes to have the cutters adequately prepared

war duty and to train them for operations with the fleet, that can
very easily be arranged and is in fact being handled under the present
set-up. If on the contrary what they desire is complete control over
for

merchant shipping, I think it is bad organisation to give it to them in

view of the inevitably close tie-up with Customs.

248

STATUS OF DEGAUSSING

January 23, 1941

Completed

Vessels

7 - 327-ft. cutters

In Yard
4 - arrangements made and

2

1

will go in yard in the
immediate future.

14 - Electric drive

9 - arrangements made,

-

5

dates of arrival at yards

cutters

6 - !!iscellaneous cutters

various

5 - arrangements not yet

-

1

made due to unavailability
of yards

6 - 165-ft. cutters
17 - 165-ft. patrol boats

32 - 125-ft. patrol boats
36 tenders

5 - dates set up for those

-

1

now included in program

13 - date set up for yard,

4

beginning in February.
About 3 weeks to complete.

20 - All authorized. Material

6

6

on hand. Will be completed
about April 15.
-

7

9 additional tenders authorized.
Remainder under study.

118 vessels

The present degaussing is of a temporary nature. It is proposed
when funds become available permanently to degauss 59 vessels.

249

STATUS OF DEGAUSSING

January 23, 1941

Vessels

Completed

In Yard

1

2

7 - 327-ft. cutters

4 - arrangements made and

will go in yard in the
immediate future.

14 - Electric drive

-

9 - arrangements made,

5

dates of arrival at yards

cutters

6 - Miscellaneous cutters

various

5 - arrangements not yet
made due to unavailability

-

1

of yards
1

17 - 165-ft. patrol boats

4

32 - 125-ft. patrol boats

36 - tenders

5 - dates set up for those

-

6 - 165-ft. cutters

now included in program
-

13 - date set up for yard,
beginning in February.
About 3 weeks to complete.

6

6

20 - All authorised. Material
on hand. will be completed
about April 15.

7

9 additional tenders authorised.
Remainder under study.

118 vessels

The present deganasing is of a temporary nature. It is proposed
when funds become available permanently to degause 59 vessels.

250
Status of Guns January 23, 1941.
Depth

3"-50 Cal.-3
7 - 327 Footers

Completed

3 5"-51
Completed

Charge

6 50 Cal.

Y Guns

1-4
6-2

Racks

6

Sound equipment ordered. Some delivered and inboard work

generally completed. Searchlights awaiting delivery.

14 Electric Drive
Cutters

3 ITASCA
2 HAIDA

2 5"
Completed

None

11 with
3 without

5 completed
No guns for two
vessels

6 - ,isc. Cutters

1 - 2 - 3" - 50
4 50 Cal.
2

4 - 2 - 3" 23
Other guns not

available
6 165 Foot
Cutters

1 2 -3" - 50 Cal

5 3" 23

4

Larger guns not

available
17 165 Foot
Patrol Boats

3" 23 Cal.
All completed

None

10 Com-

pleted.
Others set
up

32 125 Foot
Patrol Boats

1 - 3" 23 Cal.

36 Tenders

None so far authorized.
Funds requested for 22 ships to

All on board

install 2 - 50 Cal. guns

All vessels except 2 miscellaneous cutters and tenders are authorized beginning to carry
Depth Bomb Racks. This material is under order and delivery expected material.

January 20, 1941. Completion date is dependent upon delivery of

Very short job to install. Preliminary work done.

251
Status of Guns January 23. 1941.

3"-50 Cal.-3
7 - 327 Footers

Completed

3 - 5t-51

6-50 Cal.

Completed

I One

1-4
6-2

Depth
Charge
Racks

6

Sound equipment ordered. Some delivered and inboard work

14 - Electric Drive
Cutters

generally completed. Searchlights awaiting delivery.
3 ITASCA
2 5"
11 with
2 HAIDA
None
Completed
3 without
5 - completed
No guns for two
vessels

6 - Misc. Cutters

1- 2 - 3" - 50
4 - 50 Cal.

2

4 - 2 - 3" - 23
Other guns not

available

6 165 Foot
Cutters

1-2-3" - 50 Cal

5-3"- 23

4

Larger guns not

available
17 - 165 Foot
Patrol Boats

3" 23 Cal.
All completed

None

10 Com-

pleted.
Others set
up

32 - 125 Foot
Patrol Boats

1 - 3" - 23 Cal.

36 Tenders

None so far authorised.
Funds requested for 22 ships to

18

All on board

install 2 - 50 Cal. guns

All vessels except 2 miscellaneous cutters and tenders are authorised to carry
Depth Bomb Racks. This material is under order and delivery expected beginning
January 20, 1941. Completion date is dependent upon delivery of material.

Very short job to install. Preliminary work done.

252
BRITISH EMBASSY,
WASHINGTON, D.C.

PERSONAL AND
SECRET.

23rd January, 1941.

Dear Mr. Secretary,

I enclose herein for your personal
and secret information a copy of the
latest report received from London on

the military situation.
Believe me,

Dear Mr. Secretary,

Very sincerely yours,

Awk Bother

The Honourable

Henry Morgenthau, Jr.,

United States Treasury,
Washington, D. C.

253

Telegram from London of
January 23rd 1941.
Naval.
1.

During air raids on Malta on January 19th

v/T ship Essex received extensive damage to super

structure and engine room. Casualties 15 killed
23 wounded.

A damaged Italian U boat reported arrived Las

Palmas. Canary Islands.
3.

-

2.

"Vichy" 1 rench merchant vessel with cargo of

petrol seized being sent to Cape Town under armed
uard.
4.

Convoy of 24 ships arrived in home waters from

anada including five tankers and eight cargoss of steel
and DIE iron.

Military.
5.

Sudan. Our leading troops are now 20 miles

across the frontier of Erythrea.
Royal Air Force.
D.

21st and 21st/22nd. All operations cancelled

owing to weather.
7.

Libya. on the night of the 19th/20th our air-

craft dropped over 6 tons of bombs on military targets
in Tobruk.
8.

Sicily.

n the SAMO night over 10 tons of H.E.

and 2,000 incendiaries were dropped on aerodrome of

Catania where 7 =rounded aircraft were seen to catch fire.
One heavy bomber also attacked Brindisi railway station.
/ 9.

254

-2 9.

German Air Force.

January 21st.

slight enomy activity took

place. Bad weather prevented interceptions by our
fighters.
The night of the 21st/22nd. No enemy

activity reported.
10. Malta. January 21st. Several single enemy
aircraft dropped bombs which caused damage to private

property but none of military importance.
on January 20th 9 enemy aircraft attacked the
11.
Pireaus damaging cargo vessel. One aircraft was
shot down by our fighters.

255
RESTRICTED

M.I.D., W.D.
January 23, 1941

G-2/2657-220
No. 299

12:00 M.
SITUATION REPORT

I. Western Theater of War.
1. Air. Bad weather prevailed.
German. Minor offensive activity last night.
British. During the night of the 22d-23d, Dusseldorf
was raided in moderate force. Two airdromes in occupied France were
also bombed.

II.

Greek Theater of War.

1. Ground. Some Greek progress in the center along the

axis Klisura-Berat.

2. Air. Local attacks by both sides against ground objectives in the combat zone.

III.

African and Mediterranean Theaters of War.
1. Ground:

Libya. Tobruk fell to the British on January 22.

British advance forces are already reported at the important road

junction of Mekili (el-Mechili), about fifty miles southwest of

Derna and a hundred miles west of Tobruk. The Italian cruiser San
Giorgio has been blown up in Tobruk harbor. Captures are tentatively
set at 14,000, including an admiral, a corps commander, and two other
generals.

East Africa. British advances from the Sudan into
Eritrea and from Kenya into Ethiopia and Italian Somaliland continue.

2. Air: The R.A.F. again raided Catania, Sicily, on the
night of the 22d-23d.

Note: This military situation report is issued by the Military Intelligence Division, General Staff. In view of the occasional inclusion of political information and of opinion it is classified as
Restricted.

RESTRICTED

CONFIDENTIAL

256

Paraphrase of Code Cablegram
Received at the War Department

at 9:10, January 23, 1941

London, filed 14:05, January 23, 1941.
1. On Wednesday, January 22, German marchant vessels in a
harbor in Norway were bombed successfully by planes of the British
Coastal Command. On the same day two antiaircraft ships and an

oil installation in Holland were attacked by three planes of the
British Bomber Command.

2. On January 22 the Germans engaged in only minor air opens-

tions with a few planes over coasts of Lincolnshire, Norfelk and
Suffelk. The British shot down two of the German attachers and
damaged three others. That night only a few German planes were

active over England and their activities were centered in the area
between Yarmouth and The Wash.

3. The capture of Tobrak is now complete. All British planes
in Egypt were used in cooperation with the Army in the attacks on
January 20 and 21 in this area.

4. Airplanes from South Africa completely destroyed gasoline
storage and motor transport concentrations at Neghelli (?) in the
Kenya theater. German Junkers dive bombers were used by the South

African Air Force in this raid. The railroad and buildings being
used for military purposes in Elbasan, Albania, were successfully

attacked by British planes based in Greece. In Eritres the most
advanced elements of the British forces had penetrated 20 miles

beyond the border by January 22 and were still going forward.
British aircraft from the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan attacked Riscia and

CONFIDENTIAL

CONFIDENTIAL

257

Massaus, Eritree, and Buree in British Senaliland. One German

fighter plane was destroyed. British planos from the Aden area
successfully attached the Assab supply base and also a supply

depot at Adad, Ethiopia, so miles southwest of Djibuti.
5. No information has been received concerning the opera-

tions of German aircraft in Middle Eastern theaters.

6. It is reported that an Italian submarine which had been
severely damaged has arrived in Canary Islands. The British have
seised a French eargo boat loaded with wine. It is now known that
during the German attack on Malta on January 19 severe damage was

inflicted on the ESSEX (probably a merchant vessel - 0-2).

7. An official of the city of Southampton reports that the
following damage to properties in that city has resulted from the
operations of the German Air Force since the beginning of the war.
A total of 1,600 buildings are total lesses, 1,450 have been damaged

se severely that it is probable that they will have to be demolished,
and 14,500 have been more or less badly damaged.

8. A report from France tells of the complete demoralization
of all the German personnel assigned to a certain airfield which

was raided by the British during a recent and very cold night. It
was stated that the Germans with their night shirts flapping took
to the woods.
SCANLON

Distribution:
Secretary of War
State Department

Secretary of Treasury
Asst. Secretary of War

Chief of Staff CONFIDENTIAL

War Plans Division

Office of Naval Intelligence
Air Corps - 2
G-3

-2-

258
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION

DATE January 24, 1941

Secretary Morgenthau
FROM E. H. Foley, Jr.

For your information There was a meeting at Berle's office yesterday to
discuss the Economic Defense Problem. Present at the meeting

were: Adolf A. Berle, Jr. for the State Deparment, Francis
Shea and L.M.C. Smith for the Department of Justice, C. David
Ginsburg, attorney for Leon Henderson and Bernard Bernstein
for the Treasury Department.

Berle made it perfectly clear that the State Department
was opposed to the export control being administered by the

Treasury. Berle stated that there was no precedent for
putting the export control in the Treasury Department, and to
do so would vest too great a power in one single department;

that the export control was minutely related to diplomatic
problems and the trade problems which have heretofore been

handled by the State Department and that it would be better

to put the administration of the export control under the
State Department. Berle also said that he thought that,

at the present time, Secretary Hull was inclined to be willing
to recommend extension of the freeze control to Continental

259

-2Europe, excluding Great Britain, Greece, Turkey and Russia,

but only after it had been pointed out clearly to the President
all the risks and implications of such extension of the freeze
control. Berle also indicated that there was considerable
difference of opinion in the State Department on the matter of

extension of freeze control, and that Secretary Hull apparently

didn't strongly feel the desirability of extending such control.
Alternative methods of dealing with different points

of view were considered, including the possibility of drafting
half a dozen different executive orders. It was concluded
that the preferable way of dealing with the problem was for
the Attorney General to prepare a memorandum to the President

which would indicate the various points on which there was
agreement among the three agencies, the points on which there was

no agreement, and indicate the considerations involved. Such
a memorandum will be circulated both to the State Department

and the Treasury Department. It may be that the Attorney General
will also make some recommendations to the President and

suggest that there be a conference of the two Secretaries and
the Attorney General with the President on this matter.

260
January 24, 1941
9:55 a.m.
H.M.Jr:

Hello.

Operator:

The Attorney General.

H.M.Jr:

Hello.

Bob Jackson: This 18 Bob Jackson, Henry.
H.M.Jr:

This is Henry Morgenthau.

J:

How are you this morning?

H.M.Jr:

Well, after that scintilating, sparkling affair

H.M.Jr:

last night I had a wonderful night's sleep.
Well (laughter) good. And no dissipation.
And no dissipation. Right.

J:

Henry, on this matter that we mentioned last

H.M.Jr:

Yeh.

J:

I wonder if the best way to expedite that isn't
for you and Secretary of State and perhaps myself
to sit down and talk about that a few minutes.

H.M.Jr:

Well.

J:

Would it get anywhere?

H.M.Jr:

I don't know. You see the last time I talked it

J:

night - that order.

was a couple of weeks ago and he just wanted over
a weekend. The President said he would have signed
it on Thursday morning and in a soft headed, soft
hearted moment I said I'd give the Secretary of

State from Thursday until Monday to read it. It

was stupid on my part. Now I understand A. A.
Berle wants the thing administered in the State
Department.

J:

H.M.Jr:

No, I didn't understand that.
Well, they had a meeting yesterday and Ed Foley

gave me a memorandum on it and he said the

export control part. But -

J:

I didn't understand that they wanted to administer

it, in fact, at the early meeting he said definitely
that they did not.

H.M.Jr:

Yeh.

261
2J:

What
did want
was that it be subject to the
foreignhepolicy
considerations.

H.M.Jr:

Well,
now I gather yesterday that Berle turned
a somersault.

J:

Uh, huh.

H.M.Jr:

Completely.

J:

Well, I haven't had a report on that.

H.M.Jr:

J:

H.M.Jr:
J:

Well I just got it a few minutes ago, but as they
say, he completely turned a somersault. But, as
to your suggestion that Hull, you and I get together,
of course.

I think it's good.
I think that's the only way that we'll get this

thing worked out because it's hard to tell, in
fact Berle himself saye it's hard to know just
how far he's authorized to go; it's hard to know
just when he's speaking for the Secretary and
when he's giving his own views; it's hard also

to tell just what basis of information is laid

before the Secretary.
H.M.Jr:

Right.

J:

And, it seems to me that if we could devote a

little time to discussing it among the three of
us, that we could then - there probably would

remain some questions, or may remain some questions
H.M.Jr:

to put up to the President.
Well I'm all for it, Bob, and inasmuch as he sort

of designated you, if you' call the meeting I'11
come to any time or place that you designate.

J:

Well, are you going to be in town over the weekend?

H.M.Jr:

I'll be, yes.

J:

Well, I'11 get ahold of the Secretary and see if
we can get together on it.

H.M.Jr:

Now, just this, we're holding Sunday morning for Speaker
Rayburn who is going to have a meeting on this

lend-lease bill.

J:

Uh, huh.

-3 J:

H.M.Jr:

Well,
my religious
duties would conflict with
that anyway.
(Laughter)

I see. Well

J:

I

H.M.Jr:
J:

Well, I'll wait until I hear from you.
All right, Henry.

H.M.Jr:

Thank you.

have to see that my wife gets up and goes to
church.

262

263

January 24, 1941
11:00 a.m.
RE BRITISH PURCHASING PROGRAM

Present:

Mr. Bell
Mr. White

Mr. Purcell

Mr. Foley

Mr. Schenker
Mr. Louchheim

Mr. Phillips
Mr. Gifford

Mr. Pinsent

Mr. Cochran
H.M.Jr:

Mr. Gifford, I haven't had a chance, because it

has been a little more hectic than usual, to tell
the SEC about your message to me of night before

last, you see, and I wanted to take this chance
to tell them my reaction and then discuss it in
their presence. Mr. Gifford sent me word, night
before last, that he had the feeling that possibly he had been - shall I use the word "crowd-

Gifford:
H.M.Jr:

ing"the market a little bit?
That if I went on, I would be crowding it.

And how did I feel if he eased up on his sales,
and I said, going back to him yesterday morning before the market opened, that I sensed
the same thing and suggested that he try out
not to sell anything, say for the balance of
this week, just to see what effect it would have,
because this pressure has been pretty constant.

Schenker:

And complicated by that sale of the 500 thousand
Standard Oil.

264

-2H.M.Jr:

That is right, and then he also - but he said
he had a deal on with Boston which I take it

was what, United Fruit?
Gifford:

That is right.

H.M.Jr:

Which you consummated yesterday?

Gifford:

That is right.

H.M.Jr:

But that was the whole story, but I thought it

was important enough that I asked him to come

down and see how you gentlemen felt. Is that
about the story?

Gifford:

Might I elaborate a little, sir?

H.M.Jr:

If you please.

Gifford:

We had been putting out distribution transactions

very nearly, not quite, but very nearly one a

day until the big Standard Oil thing came along,

which was being done by the people who had done

one of our transactions, and we thought it right
to keep off the market the day before in order to
facilitate their operation, and then, of course,
they definitely, on the date they were doing it,

There was a good deal of anxiety.

(Mr. Bell entered the conference.)
Gifford:

Since then we proceeded with other transactions
that we had had on the stocks.
(Mr. White entered the conference.)

Gifford:

And then we came to the conclusion--

H.M.Jr:

Do you mind repeating just what you have been
saying for these two gentlemen?

265

-3Gifford:

Where had I got to now?

The Secretary had explained that I had telephoned to Mr. Cochran two days ago suggesting

that in view of the rate at which we had been
releasing and the number of distribution operations that we had done, it +might be as well to

go a little slow for the next few days. Mr.

Cochran reported that and told me that Mr.
Morgenthau was not only agreeable but inclined

to think that we ought to keep off - well,
definitely until the end of this week. I was
just elaborating a little, that we had been

doing a good many distribution sales and had
thought it necessary to keep off the market the
day before the big Standard Oil sale from the
Harkness estate took place and very definitely
on the day on which it was taking place because

there was a lot of anxiety and a good deal of
differing views in New York as to how it was
going to go. In the end it was a great success.
Yesterday, I had so far arranged - it would have
been awkward, I think, to stop it, and we went

on with it, the United Fruit situation. I think
that went off very satisfactorily again. But

while I don't want to convey the impression that
we can't go on doing this, I think we can, the
distribution firms are keen on doing the work
if we allow them to, but our feeling has been
that it would be wiser to give the market a rest

for a day or two. The dealers all over the
country begin to get - their clients begin to

get a little too accustomed to the excitement
of a new stock being offered in volume, and it
doesn't do to give them one every day. That was
the - my reason for ringing up Mr. Cochran was

that I didn't want to give a startling impres-

sion of not being able to go on by reducing my
sales without advising beforehand that it would

be intentional, not from definite inability

and because the averages, of course, have been

266
4-

dropping quite a bit in the last week, and one

would like to just give the market a little
bit of a rest to see if it needs it.
Schenker:
H.M.Jr:

May I make one observation, Mr. Secretary?

That is the purpose of asking you over here. I
would have called you but I didn't get this

thing until late that night but--

Schenker:

This whole problem--

H.M.Jr:

You are just one day behind, that is all. It is
just awfully difficult.

Schenker:

This problem, of course, is Ganson's bailiwick,
except that people have come to me, Mr. Secre-

tary, and I spoke up in New York the other
night and there were quite a few brokers who
asked questions with respect to this liquidation,

and I don't know if it has any significance or

not, but what I think is developing is a trifle
well, not bad feeling but lack of good will

-

among the smaller houses who haven't been able

to participate in that and, as a matter of public relations, I think if some method could be
devised to give the smaller firms a little
chance to get in on that, I think it would be
helpful. I don't know enough about it, but
that is my naive reaction on it.
Gifford:

I am aware of that. That isn't really a matter

that has much to do with me. It is more a matter
of the members of the stock exchange. You see,

as the press has indicated - there are two sides
on the stock exchange. There are the big people

who do the distribution thing and the little
people, and particularly the specialists on the
floor of the exchange. I had a call yesterday
afternoon from a governor of this exchange who

is especially urging the use of the specialists
just because of the smaller people, and we have

267

-5been well aware of that problem. I caused a

call to be made on one of the officials of

the stock exchange about three days ago be-

cause we realized that this was there and to
ask if they had any criticism of what we were
doing or any suggestion to make, and they
said, "No, we realize you have got your job
to do and that if you want money in large
amounts, that is the only way in which it can
be done, but we also know, of course, that we
are being subjected to criticism from the
smaller people and from the specialists."

I really think it is a matter of the internal

working of the stock exchange as between one
group and another rather than ourselves, but

I definitely have it in view if I can feed the

specialists in some way - the trouble with
that is that you just don't know whether you

are going to get the stuff sold or not. You

may remember the meeting I attended - how long

ago is it now, five weeks ago - up to then, I
had been doing very little distribution. I had

been doing it almost entirely through the specialists and, of course, they were perfectly
happy then. The distribution people weren't
so happy. Now the foot is on the other leg,

but we are getting more money.
Schenker:

The firms that spoke to me, for instance, is
E. A. Pierce. They are one of the biggest

houses.

Gifford:

They have no ground to complain because we have
been using them.

Schenker:

And a company like Victor Emanuel, and there
have been other companies and they said, "We

don't seem to have any access to the British.
We are prepared to buy these blocks and dis-

tribute it and it seems unless you have an 'in'

you don't get anywhere.

268

-6Gifford:

I am just inundated, of course, by people who want to do

the distribution. I can only hire one firm at
a time and, for instance, I admit that I have

employed Smith Barney twice and possibly thrice
and with the intention of employing them again.

One reason being, of course, that if you find
a firm does a really satisfactory job and the

stock remains firm after it, it gives you con-

fidence. Now I have employed another firm which

shall be nameless. We got their check all right
and the stuff was distributed but it dropped

right in half the day after. Well, that is not
so attractive. I am a little disinclined to go

back to that firm, you see.
Purcell:

And I think your difficulties - you may find
that same type of difficulty if you go to the

smaller firms that haven't got the clean towel
dealer distribution groups that some of the
larger firms have.

Gifford:

One thing I just cannot - I am bound to be criticized by somebody. If I employ six firms and

there are six left out, there will be some criticizing people among the six left out.

Purcell:

And just as you point out, Mr. Gifford, as soon
as you take operations off the exchange you are

going to earn the illwill of the exchange people
and the specialists.
Gifford:

There you are. As long as I was going along selling simply on the board, the criticism was from
the big people who say, "You will never sell the

stuff satisfactorily that way. Now that I

employing them and selling the stuff in big

am

wads, then the little people don't like it, but
I can hardly compete with that.

Purcell:

No, that is fundamental in our system.

269

-7H.M.Jr:

What has it been running a week?

Gifford:

About 10 or 11 million dollars a week, sir.

H.M.Jr:

That is pretty good. Well, as far as I am concerned, I wouldn't get the firms who are either

pleased or disgruntled. Naturally the SEC would

get them, but I don't get them. The only thing
that bothers me a little bit is that you read
in the paper a sort of veiled reference to this
transaction and that this firm did it and I
suppose the people in it know it.

Gifford:

Oh, you can't keep it.

H.M.Jr:

I mean, but they know it, but the fellow out in
the field doesn't and, of course, he is at that

kind of a disadvantage.
Gifford:

Yes, exactly. Especially when it is in preparation, they don't know it.

H.M.Jr:

But even after it is over.

Gifford:

Oh, it gets out pretty well in the course of a
day or two.

H.M.Jr:

If I lived in Des Moines, Iowa, would I know
that--

Gifford:

Now you are taking me out of my department. I
can't answer that.

H.M.Jr:

Well, if I lived in New Orleans or Savannah,
would I know it?

Purcell:

Probably on the news ticker. If you lived in a
small city in Iowa, you would have to depend
on Associated Press items carrying it.

H.M.Jr:

Would I know it?

270

-8Louchheim:

Yes.

H.M.Jr:

Well, I didn't know that. I wonder if these

gentlemen agree that - or whether they don't,

that it is just as well to ease up a couple of

days. I would like to hear the SEC on that.
Purcell:

Well, it is difficult to - it seems to me, to

judge just what effect the selling may have had
on the market. During a good deal of the time
that your liquidation was stepped up, so to
speak, the market was strong and rose. During

the past - what is it, a week or so?
Louchheim:

Yes, sir.

Purcell:

Have you been doing any selling?

Gifford:

Oh, yes.

Purcell:

Well, the only way you can judge whether it one way you can judge whether it has a depress-

ing effect on the market would be the increase
of volume on the exchange in the stocks which
you had distributed over the counter. There
don't appear to have been any increases in the

volume on the exchange, but rather a decrease.
Gifford:

It may be a little more fundamental than that,
that buying power, of course, may be somewhat

taken up by the distribution of our stocks and

the power that would reach into the market
generally.
Purcell:

That might be, Mr. Gifford, although--

Gifford:

Who can say?

Purcell:

Who can say, except what we have heard, generally

speaking, is that buyers, individuals and institutions are just hungry for these issues of this

271

-9 high-grade type. Now, maybe their hunger was

satiated for a few days.

Gifford:

Oh, I am not in the least - it wasn't in my mind
at all not to begin again after a day or two,

it was simply that - the remark was made very
much after the success of the big Standard oil

thing - I had a fellow that I happened to be

speaking on the telephone to down in Atlanta,
Georgia, and after he finished what he was

talking about, he referred to this and he
said it is extraordinary, the people coming
in wanting to buy this because they hear it is
on, you know, and that, I think, is just a little
bit of mob psychology, a little excitement, but if
you have it every four or five days in the week,
the effect of it is apt to weaken.
Purcell:

Sure. Mr. Lochheim reminds me that we know

from our general reports that as far as the

exchange is concerned some rather unusual blocks
have come in on the exchange in the past few
days which have probably contributed to the

depreciation from other sources entirely.
H.M.Jr:

There have been?

Purcell:

Yes. Some foreign sources.

H.M.Jr:

Oh, really? Anything to do with these rumors
of freezing?

Purcell:

I think it might, yes.

White:

Yes.

Purcell:

I think it might well.

H.M.Jr:

You think so? Well, of course, our situation
yesterday in our Government financing is we only got about half as many subscriptions as

272
- 10 we had a month ago. I mean, it was four times
over subscribed instead of eight times, so

there is a little wavering.

Louchheim:

The markets are all nervous.

H.M.Jr:

They seemed to be a little, which I sensed.
When you got word to me, I was just doing my
checking on the Government bond market, just

the way I sensed originally that I was quite
sure that the investing public was there and

could take it and was quite, you remember,
moderately emphatic about it, but when you got
me this word, being in the process of my
nerves being exposed to the investing on govern-

ments, I sensed a little reluctance there, so
there seems to be a little slowing up. There
may be something somewhere. What?

Louchheim:

Yes. The New York banks, some of them at least,

are, I understand, advising trust funds to be
very liquid in cash.

H.M.Jr:

There is a little something going on somewhere.

Gifford:

May I say this, that both before and after I

spoke to Mr. Cochran, I had some hesitation as
to whether I really ought to have done so,
because I didn't want in any way to appear to

be putting on to the shoulders of the Treasury
here the handling of a problem which is ob-

viously essentially mine, to judge the feel

of the market. It was more really, sir, as

a matter of courtsey and to prevent you, if

you happened to see the figures, or the members
of the Treasury, being taken aback at seeing
me suddenly drop down from a million or two to

a small figure.

H.M.Jr:

I was very glad you sent the message. I don't

273

- 11 -

want to advise you day to day. I am certainly

not going to advise you who you should do

business through, and I appreciate that if you

had slowed up without saying I

ho, British cold
and

that. So it was all
to the good. But I wanted the SEC to know about
it, too, and I wanted to get the benefit of their

feet?" have what got Or hold is something this? of Sir Are like Frederick the anything, getting said, might "What

advice. Now, there are a number of people who
are coming to see the SEC with their tongues
hanging out and their chops watering wanting
to get a chance at some of these English invest-

ments, and I wondered when the English Govern-

ment is going to be ready to talk on that.
Gifford:

I think you are aware, sir, that Sir Edward

Peacock is on his way as fastas the clipper can
bring him.

H.M.Jr:

Yes.

Gifford:

I mean he is stuck at the moment just as Mr.
Willkie is stuck going the other way; and he
is, I presume, bringing both authority and

information, information that I certainly don't

possess, you see.
H.M.Jr:

Well, I wanted to get that to the SEC, that

really until he arrives--

Gifford:

It is quite impractical to do anything as far
as I am concerned until he arrives. I haven't

got the data. I just haven't got the straw
to make bricks.

Schenker:

I want to be in a position to tell these people
what the situation is.

Gifford:

I am having the same calls, you see, in New

274

- 12 York from dozens of people, and what I am

doing is, I am making up a file, noting who
is interested and what, and I have seen the
note that I think reached Mr. Pinsent O.

Sir Frederick of the similar calls that you

have had.
H.M.Jr:

You see, I passed it around.

Schenker:

Then hereafter, I will send you more than one
copy, Mr. Secretary, so you can make it avail-

able to them.
N.M.Jr:

Well, I will tell you what you will do, and it

would save me one motion, if you would send it

to Merle Cochran direct, then he could get it
right to Pinsent, you see.

Schenker:

There was an inquiry about the real estate in
New York yesterday from a very substantial firm.

Gifford:

I know nothing about the real estate.

Schenker:

And some of the Honolulu properties, railroads.
I may be able to get you a customer for the
Manila railway bonds you were talking about.

Gifford:

My difficulty is not going to be lack of buyers,
as I can sec.

Schenker:

I can tell these people we may have some information in a few days.

H.M.Jr:

Didn't you announce in the papers that he left?

Phillips:

We were going to, but you know he has been held

back four or five days now. He was due to

leave today.
H.M.Jr:

Has he left Lisbon.

275
- 13 Phillips:

I haven't heard. He was due to leave today and
my belief is as soon as he does leave, it also
will be published.

H.M.Jr:

They were going to announce it once he left

Lisbon, but they were holding it up.
Gifford:

From what I heard from Pan-American Airways

yesterday,
I don't think the plane had left
Lisbon.

H.M.Jr:

But he was supposed to be on that plane that
was supposed to have left the 19th.

Gifford:

When that plane will come depends on the weather.

H.M.Jr:

Dan, do you want to raise anything?

Bell:

No. I am getting a number of inquiries, too,

about the direct investments, where they should
make their contacts and so forth, and I have

told most of them that there will be a gentleman here to deal with that in the course of the
next week or 10 days.
H.M.Jr:

Harry?

White:

Nothing.

H.M.Jr:

Ed:

Gifford:

I am quite willing to see them.

Bell:

I told them that they could see you in the meantime.

H.M.Jr:

Schenker? Anything?

Schenker:

Nothing.

Gifford:

I have seen a large number of them.

276

- 14 Bell:

I'll bet you have.

H.M.Jr:

I thought it was worth while to come down just
to spend a half hour together and, as I say,
I wanted to be sure that I was together with
the SEC, that is what I wanted to make sure.
See, it is kind of hard to keep everybody
posted not only in the Treasury but all over
the Government what we do every day, because

things are happening so fast.

Well, thank you very much.

277

January 24, 1941

This was handed to the Secretary today by Mr. Gifford.

278
7th December 1939.

No.28

Please transmit to Sir R.Hopkins as too late to send
by Consul's code.
1.

Saw Kennedy late today who confirms our view of immediate
Vesting but advised strongly much smaller amounts.

Th:

differs from our view confirmed by J.P.Morgan & Co. who

thought our list a very good selection with good spread

No opportunity to discuss with them again tonight, will
discuss tomorrow morning.

2. Referring to our 812 paragraph 2 reduced list numbered 60
securities value about $120 million less private sales.

WHIGHAM.

No.30

Referring to our 28 for Treasury. This morning's
discussion with J.P.Morgan & Co. confirms our view.
WHIGHAM.

279

January 24, 1941
2:50 p.m.
James

Forrestal:

Henry.

H.M.Jr:

Hello, Jim.

F:

I had a communication from the O.P.M.

this morning which concerned itself with

priorities on foreign contracts and I didn't
know whether it had been cleared with you

or not. I thought I'd send a copy of it
over.

H.M.Jr:

Would you mind addressing it to Philip Young?

F:

Yes, I'll do that.

H.M.Jr:

Because he handles all of that.

F:

O. K. I will.

H.M.Jr:

He lives with that.

F:

Right.

H.M.Jr:

Thank you.

280

January 24, 1941
2:55 p.m.
H.M.Jr:

Hello.

Speaker Sam
Rayburn:

Yes.

H.M.Jr:

Sam, Ed was telling me that you called
him
about
11:00
I wondered if you got
through
with
the and
President.

R:

No. I didn't try.

H.M.Jr:

Oh.

R:

I just - I haven't yet. I assume he'11

go

away this evening.
H.M.Jr:
R;

He's away now.

Oh, he's away now. No, I didn't get through,
but I m going by and see Cordell in the
morning anyhow and see if - and, Henry, I'll
let you know exactly - truth of the business
is, Luther Johnson was talking to me about
this the other day and I haven't cleared
the thing with Bloom yet but that'11 be all

right. I will.

H.M.Jr:
R:

H.M.Jr:
R:

H.M.Jr:
R:

I see.

But I've got to consult him of course and
I was just telling Ed that Mr. Beaman was
in here this morning and this limitation and
things like that is going to be a headache.
Yeah.

We re trying to draw the thing and I wish
if you could spare Ed in the morning, he
and Beaman would work on some of those things
a little for us before we meet Sunday morning.
He's yours.

Well, that'11 be fine. I got here and I was
so busy all morning, Henry, that I just didn't
try.

281

-2H.M.Jr:

Well, he's yours.

R:

And I don't know whether it would have done

H.M.Jr:
R:

H.M.Jr:

any
good in a little telephone conversation
anyhow.
Right.

But if we can work out something Sunday,

why if he wants us to we can submit it to
him Monday and let it go at that.
Well,
you can have anybody we've got down
here.

R:

All right, fine, Henry. Thank you.

H.M.Jr:

Right.

January 24, 1941.
3:42 p.m.
H.M.Jr:

Philip

Phil.

Young:

Yes sir.

H.M.Jr:

I just talked to Mr. Stimson.

Y:

Yes sir.

H.M.Jr:

And he wanted to know how much the English wanted

Y:

How much?

H.M.Jr:

to buy for the calendar year 41 and 42.

I told him I thought the total was eight billion;

now you might be talking to him, he should have
something for me for Sunday afternoon or earlier.
Just a second Y:

Yes sir.

H.M.Jr:

Hello.

Y:

Yes sir.

H.M.Jr:

Isn't that about right? Eight billion?

Y:

H.M.Jr:

Yeh, that was the original figure. Now you know
we have that new deficiency list.
Well, tell them that between now and noon tomorrow
I would like to know how much they want to buy in
this calendar year 41 and how much they want to
buy in 42.

Y:

In dollars?

H.M.Jr:

Dollars.

Y:

Oh I don't know, I think it's anybody's guess
because I don't think you can translate it into
dollar value.

H.M.Jr:

Well just get -

Y:

The quantities are 80 large.

H.M.Jr:

Well anyway, get me something, Phil.
Yes sir.

Y:

H.M.Jr:

41 and 42.

282

-2Y:

H.M.Jr:

Yeh.
I

said five billion for 41 and three billion more

for 42.

Y:

Well, that's a good guess anyhow.

H.M.Jr:

Well, I'll be talking to you again about it by

Y:

Right. Any objection to $400,000 worth of forgings
to clear? (Laughter)

H.M.Jr:

noon tomorrow.

(Laughter) O.K. When are we going to put them on

an allowance?

Y:

I don't know. We had better do it soon.

H.M.Jr:

Better do it damn soon.

Y:

(Laughter) Yes.

Y:

Any ideas as to an amount on the loan?

H.M.Jr:

I'd like Sir Frederick Phillips to set that.

Y:

H.M.Jr:
Y:

Yeh, that's good.
Let him set the amount.

All right.

283

284
JAN 24 1941

Your Excellency:

I am taking advantage of this opportunity to
send you my personal greetings through Dr.
B. Currie.

The recent stops taken by the United States
Government with respect to China were, as you must

have realised, a source of great satisfaction to no.

I hope you will agree with - that the proposed -

Chinese Stabilisation Committee will play a signifieant role is strengthening China's mentary system

and in aiding her struggle for independence. It could
and should serve as a most important link between our
two economics and should provide a further basis for

fruitful monetary cooperation in the critical days
that lie ahead.

I regard the chairmanship of this proposed sittee to be a position of great importance. In my
opinion, the Chairmen should not only be - experienced
banker and patriot, but should also have - understanding

of the United States. I - therefore taking the liberty
of suggesting the - of Mr. K. P. Chem for this
place. If I did not know that you shared my high
opinion of him, I should not presence is this my, but
I think you should know that such - appointment would
please the Treasury very such.

FILE COPY

285

-2I - following China's efforte with been syapsday and admiration, and hope that the pplanded unity
the Chinese people have achieved under the most die-

will,

I Healt feel sure, circumstances succincially will maintain be preserved. its coarageous China

al united struggle for independence against agreegive.

with my most cordial and best wishes for year
continued success.

Yours sincerely,
(Signed) H. Morgonthau, Jr.

Excellency,

.I.R. Kung,
Mee President and

Minister of Finance,
Executive Yuan,
singling, China.

This ltr. sent to Dr. Lauchlin Currie,
White House, for transmittal to
Dr. Kung. (by hand 10:40)

is to Mr. Thompson

FILE COPY

286

MEMORANDUM

January 24, 1941.

TO:

Secretary Morgenthau

FROM:

Mr. Sullivan

Attached hereto is a suggested plan for amending
Section 722 of the Second Revenue Act of 1940, and a copy

of the Act itself.

During the conference it became evident that passage
of the Act could be obtained only by accepting the amendment
introduced on the floor of the Senate by Senator George which

provided for general relief. It was understood by all conferees
that the George amendment was inadequate and would be superseded

by an amendment to be introduced at this session and to apply
to 1940 income.

JLS

287
MEMORANDUM

To:

Mr. Sullivan

January 22, 1941

From: Mr. Tarleau

Re: Suggested plan for granting relief

under the Excess-Profits Tax Act of

1940

The proposals outlined below are suggested as a method of pro-

viding relief in cases where the present provisions of the excessprofits tax operate inequitably. The proposals are to be inserted
in lieu of Section 722 of the present law.

I. Specific Relief
1. New corporations and corporations with fluctuating earnings

To provide relief for corporations with fluctuating earnings and
for newly or recently organized corporations, taxpayers should be pernitted to carry forward for two years the unused excess-profits credit
of any excess profits taxable year.
2. Growing corporations

To provide a more equitable average earnings credit in the case
of growing corporations, the following alternative method of computing
base period earnings should be permitted in addition to the present
averaging method: Ascertain the average of 1936 and 1937 earnings, and
the average of 1938 and 1939 earnings; subtract the first average from
the second, divide the difference by two and add the result to the average of 1938 and 1939 earnings. The resulting sum shall constitute the
base period earnings, except that a figure in excess of the largest
income of any year during the base period may not be used.
3. Abnormal deductions in base period
To aid those corporations which have reduced earnings in the base
period because of unusual deduction items not eliminated under present

provisions, it is suggested that abnormal deductions in the base periodeither those abnormal in kind or abnormal in amount (by reference to the
average of the corresponding item in the four previous years)-should
be eliminated in the computation of base period earnings.

288

-24. Incorporation of partnership or sole proprietorship
To permit the average earnings credit of a corporation formed
during the base period as a result of the incorporation of a partnership or sole proprietorship to reflect the earnings of such predecessor, the base period earnings of the corporation should be computed
by reference to the earnings of the partnership or proprietorship
instead of the present hypothetical 8 percent of invested capital provided in the present law. This provision should be limited to cases

in which there is no change of identity as a result of the incorporation and such incorporation occurs in a tax-free exchange.

5. Capitalization of items previously deducted as expenses
To prevent the hardships that may occur by reason of the deduction
in prior years for income tax purposes of certain expenditures whose
capitalization would have benefited the taxpayer under the excess-profits
tax, the taxpayer should be permitted to re-examine prior years and make
the desired changes. Thus, if the taxpayer had erroneously deducted an
expenditure which should have been capitalized, or having an option
to deduct or capitalize the expenditure, had chosen to deduct it, it
should be permitted to revise the earlier income tax treatment and
capitalize the expenditure if so desired. Any additional income tax
due as a result of such change, plus interest thereon, would have to
be paid. In the case of expenditures for advertising and good will,

the capitalisation of the portion properly attributable to capital

should be limited to expenditures made in the base period in view of

the short life of the benefit of such expenditures.

6. Correction of erroneous results previously reached under the income tax

To prevent the hardships that may occur by reason of erroneous

treatment of items with respect to the income tax in prior years in
cases where such items have a bearing upon the excess-profits tax, it
is suggested that taxpayers be permitted to re-examine the results
reached under the income tax in prior years and to take positions with

respect to the excess-profits tax inconsistent with those results if

the earlier treatment was erroneous. In such cases, however, the additional income tax which would have been due if the treatment in the
prior income tax year were likewise altered must be paid, together with

interest thereon. Correspondingly, if the inconsistent position is

taken by the Government any refund owing to the taxpayer, plus interest,

must be paid.

7. Abnormal income in taxable year

To prevent the undue tax that would result from the receipt in
one taxable year of an abnormal item of income attributable in whole
or in part to other years, it is suggested that such abnormal items-

289

-3either in kind or amount (by reference to the average of the corresponding item in the prior four years)-be spread over the years to
which they are attributable and taxed according to the method now
utilized in similar cases in Section 721.

8. Affiliated corporations
The present restrictions affecting inclusion of insurance
companies in consolidated returns should be re-examined to ascertain
if casualty insurance companies may be permitted to file consolidated
returns with non-insurance companies.

9. Gain on involuntary conversion of property
As capital gains are eliminated from excess profits income, and
as gain on the involuntary conversion of property (such as insurance

paid on the loss of a ship in excess of the tax basis of the ship) is

similar to capital gain, such gain (if it is ruled not to be capital

gain) likewise should be excluded from excess profits income.

II. General Relief
To provide relief in unanticipated cases not covered by the above

specific relief provisions, a general relief provision should be inserted along the following lines:

If the taxpayer shows by the clear preponderance of the evidence
that the base period earnings as computed under present provisions are
less than the earnings which would normally have been experienced by

the taxpayer during the base period, considering its status as to type
of business as of the beginning of its first excess-profits taxable

year, and also shows the adjustments necessary, such adjustments
should then be made, provided they do not conflict with any principle
respecting the computation of the average earnings credit contained in
existing provisions.

The following limitations should be made applicable to the general

relief provision:

(a) No relief should be granted (A) for low base period income due

to (1) high prices of materials, labor, capital and other agents of
production, (2) low selling price of the product, or (3) low physical

volume of sales owing to low demand by the buyers of the product for
the output of the taxpayer: (B) for capital investments made at rela-

tively low price levels or at bargain prices; (c) for the development

of intangibles by the taxpayer which other taxpayers may have secured
through purchase; (D) for income derived in large part from personal

services; (E) for borrowed capital; (F) for the time and manner of or
ganisation; (G) for any factor already covered by a specific relief

provision.

290
4

-

(b) No relief should be granted unless the corporation is paying
excess-profits tax equal to at least 6 percent of its normal tax
net income and unless the relief granted would result in a diminution
of excess-profits tax by at least 10 percent. The relief granted

an

should not reduce the excess-profits tax below such 6 percent figure,
and the reduction allowed by reason of such relief should be reduced
by 10 percent of the tax computed without such reduction.

(c) A taxpayer must compute his tax without the benefit of the
general relief provision and must petition the Commissioner for such

relief by way of a claim for refund.

(d) A taxpayer may appeal from the Commissioner's decision re-

specting the general relief provision only to the Board of Tax Appeals.
A special division of three members should be established in the Board
of Tax Appeals to hear such appeals and its decision should be final.
Procedural steps should be adopted to coordinate the consideration of
the relief and non-relief phases of the excess-profits tax, and the
consideration of the income tax and the excess-profits tax.

Limitations (b) and (c) should also be applicable to the specific
relief provisions regarding the capitalization of advertising and good
will expenditures. Limitation (d) should also be applicable to that
specific relief provision, to the present Section 721 provisions, and
to the specific relief provisions respecting abnormal deductions and

abnormal income.

SSS:mrm

1/22/41

291

[PUBLIC-No. 801-76TH CONGRESS]
[CHAPTER 757-3D SESSION]
[H. R. 10413]

AN ACT
To provide revenue, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the
United States of America in Congress assembled, That this Act may
cited as the "Second Revenue Act of 1940".

TITLE I-CORPORATION INCOME TAX
SEC. 101. CORPORATION INCOME TAX.

(a) TAX ON CORPORATIONS IN GENERAL-Section 13 (b) of the
Internal Revenue Code, as amended by section 3 of the Revenue Act
of 1940. is amended to read as follows:

"(b) IMPOSITION OF TAX-There shall be levied, collected, and
paid for each taxable year upon the normal-tax net income of every
corporation the normal-tax net income of which is more than $25,000
(except a corporation subject to the tax imposed by section 14, section 931 (a), Supplement G, or Supplement Q) whichever of the
following taxes is the lesser:
"(1) GENERAL RULE.-A tax of 221/10 per centum of the normaltax net income; or
"(2) ALTERNATIVE TAX CORPORATIONS WITH NORMAL-TAX NET

INCOME SLIGHTLY MORE THAN $25,000).-A tax of $3,775, plus

35 per centum of the amount of the normal-tax net income in

excess of $25,000."

(b) TAX ON FOREIGN CORPORATIONS-Section 14 (c) (1) of the
Internal Revenue Code, as amended by section 3 of the Revenue Act
of 1940, is amended to read as follows:
"(e) FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.-

"(1) In the case of a foreign corporation engaged in trade or
business within the United States or having an office or place of
business therein, the tax shall be an amount equal to 221/8 per
centum of the normal-tax net income, regardless of the amount
thereof."

(e) TAX ON MUTUAL INVESTMENT COMPANIES.-Section 362 (b) of
the Internal Revenue Code, as amended by section 3 of the Revenue
Act of 1940, is amended to read as follows:
"(b) IMPOSITION OF TAX-There shall be levied, collected, and paid

for each taxable year upon the Supplement Q net income of every
mutual investment company a tax equal to 221/10 per centum of the

amount thereof."
(d) DEFENSE TAX FOR FIVE YEARS.-The first sentence of section
15 of the Internal Revenue Code, added to such Code by section 201 of

the Revenue Act of 1940, is amended to read as follows: "In the case

2

(Pvs.801.)

3

of any taxpayer, the amount of tax under this chapter for
able year beginning after December 31, 1939, and before January any tax.

1945, shall be the tax computed without regard to this 1,

increased by 10 per centum except that in the case of a corporation section,

the increase shall be limited to 10 per centum of the tax computed
without
to theRevenue
amendments
and
(c) ofregard
the Second
Act of made
1940." by section 101 (a), (b),
(e) TAXABLE YEARS TO WHICH APPLICABLE.-Amendments made

this section
shall
be applicable
only with respect to taxable years by
beginning
after
December
31, 1939.

this subsection to such taxpayer, in lieu of each amount, other
than the percentages, specified in such paragraph, there shall be
substituted an amount which bears the same ratio to the
$500,000.
so specified as the highest bracket amount so computed bears amount to

"(b) DEFINITION OF ADJUSTED EXCESS PROFITS NET INCOME.-

used in this section, the term 'adjusted excess profits net income in
the caseinofsection
any taxable
year means
theofexcess profits net income (as
defined
711) minus
the sum
"(1) SPECIFIC EXEMPTION.-A specific exemption of $5,000;
"(2) EXCESS
PROFITS
CREDIT.-The
credit
allowed under
section
712; and amount of the excess profits

TITLE II-EXCESS PROFITS TAX
SEC. 201. EXCESS PROFITS TAX OF 1940.

"(3) UNUSED EXCESS PROFITS CREDIT.-In the case of a taxpayer

The Internal Revenue Code is amended by inserting after section
706
theTax
following
subchapter which may be cited as the "Excess
Profits
Act ofnew
1940":

"SUBCHAPTER E-EXCESS PROFITS TAX

the normal-tax net income of which for the taxable year is not
more than $25,000, the amount by which the excess profits credit
for the preceding taxable year (if beginning after December 31,
taxable
year.
1939) exceeds
the excess profits net income for such preceding
"SEC. 711. EXCESS PROFITS NET INCOME.

"Part I
"SEC. 710. IMPOSITION OF TAX.

"(a) IMPOSITION.-There shall be levied, collected, and paid, for
each taxable year beginning after December 31, 1939, on the adjusted
excess profits net income, as defined in subsection (b), of every corporation
follows: (except a corporation exempt under section 727) a tax as

"(1) Upon adjusted excess profits net incomes of less than
$20,000, 25 per centum of the adjusted excess profits net income.
"$5,000 upon adjusted excess profits net incomes of $20,000; and
upon adjusted excess profits net incomes in excess of $20,000, and
not in excess of $50,000, 30 per centum in addition of such excess.
"$14,000 upon adjusted excess profits net incomes of $50,000;
and upon adjusted excess profits net incomes in excess of $50,000.
and not in excess of $100,000, 35 per centum in addition of such
excess.
"$31,500 upon adjusted excess profits net incomes of $100,000:
and upon adjusted excess profits net incomes in excess of $100,000.
and not in excess of $250,000, 40 per centum in addition of such
excess.
"$91,500 upon adjusted excess profits net incomes of $250,000:
and upon adjusted excess profits net incomes in excess of $250,000.
and not in excess of $500,000, 45 per centum in addition of such
excess.
"$204,000 upon adjusted excess profits net incomes of $500,000:
and upon adjusted excess profits net incomes in excess of $500,000.
50 per centum in addition of such excess.
"(2) APPLICATION OF RATES IN CASE OF CERTAIN EXCHANGES.-

If the taxpayer's highest bracket amount for the taxable year
computed under section 752 (relating to certain exchanges) is
less than $500,000, then in the application of paragraph (1)

of

"(a) TAXABLE YEARS BEGINNING AFTER DECEMBER 31, 1939.-The
excess profits net income for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1939, shall be the normal-tax net income, as defined in section
be
13made:
(a) (2),

for such year except that the following adjustments shall

"(1) EXCESS PROFITS CREDIT COMPUTED UNDER INCOME CREDIT.-

If the excess
profits
credit
is computed under section 713, the
adjustments
shall
be as
follows:

"(A) Income Taxes.-The deduction for taxes shall be
increased by an amount equal to the tax (not including the
tax
year;under section 102) under Chapter 1 for such taxable

"(B) Long-term Gains and Losses.-There shall be

excluded long-term capital gains and losses, There shall be
excluded the excess of gains from the sale or exchange of
property held for more than eighteen months which is of a
character which is subject to the allowance for depreciation
provided in section 23 (1) over the losses from the sale or
exchange of such property;

"(C) Income From Retirement or Discharge of Bonds,
and So Forth.-There shall be excluded, in the case of any
taxpayer, income derived from the retirement or discharge
by the taxpayer of any bond, debenture, note, or certificate
or other evidence of indebtedness, if the obligation of the

taxpayer has been outstanding for more than eighteen
months, including, in case the issuance was at a premium,
the amount includible in income for such year solely because
of such retirement or discharge;
"(D) Refunds and Interest on Agricultural Adjustment
Act Taxes.-There shall be excluded income attributable to
refund of tax paid under the Agricultural Adjustment Act
of 1933, as amended, and interest upon any such refund;

4

[PUB.BOL]

"(E) Recoveries of Bad Debts.-There shall be excluded
income attributable to the recovery of a bad debt if a dedue.
for any taxable year beginning prior to January gross 1,

"(F) Dividends Received.-The credit for dividends
received
shall apply,
without limitation, to dividends on
stock of domestic
corporations.
"(2) EXCESS PROFITS CREDIT COMPUTED UNDER INVESTED CAPITAL

CREDIT.-If
the excess
profits
is computed under section
714,
the adjustments
shall
be ascredit
follows:

"(A) Dividends Received.-The credit for dividends

received shall apply, without limitation, to all dividends on
stock of all corporations, except dividends (actual or constructive) on stock of foreign personal-holding companies:
"(B) Interest.-The deduction for interest shall be reduced
by an amount equal to 50 per centum of so much of such
interest as represents interest on the indebtedness included
in the daily amounts of borrowed capital (determined under
section 719 (a))

"(C) Income Taxes.-The deduction for taxes shall be
increased by an amount equal to the tax (not including the
tax under section 102) under Chapter 1 for such taxable

"(F) Refunds and Interest on Agricultural Adjustment
Act Taxes.-There shall be excluded income attributable to
refund of tax paid under the Agricultural Adjustment Act
of 1933, as amended, and interest upon any such refund;
"(G) Interest on Certain Government Obligations.-The
normal-tax net income shall be increased by an amount equal

to the amount of the interest on obligations held during the
taxable year which are described in section 22 (b) (4) any

part of the interest from which is excludible from gross
income or allowable as a credit against net income, if
taxpayer has so elected under section 720 (d) and
(H) Recoveries of Bad Debts.-There shall be excluded

the

income attributable to the recovery of a bad debt if a deduc-

of the tax computed on such annual basis as the number of days
in the taxable year is of the number of days in the twelve months
ending with the close of the taxable year.
"(b) TAXABLE YEARS IN BASE PERIOD.-

"(1) GENERAL RULE AND ADJUSTMENTS-The excess profits net

income for any taxable year subject to the Revenue Act of 1936
shall be the normal-tax net income, as defined in section 13 (a)

of such Act; and for any other taxable year beginning after

December 31, 1937, and before January i, 1940, shall be the
special-class net income, as defined in section 14 (a) of the
applicable revenue law. In either case the following adjustments
shall be made (for additional adjustments in case of certain

increased by an amount equal to the tax (not including the
tax under section 102) for such taxable year under Title I or
Chapter
1, as the case may be, of the revenue law applicable
to
such year;
a

the amount includible in income for such year solely because
of such retirement or discharge;

income shall be placed on an annual basis by multiplying the
amount thereof by the number of days in the twelve months
ending with the close of the taxable year and dividing by the
number of days in the taxable year. The tax shall be such part

"(A) Income Taxes.-The deduction for taxes shall be

"(D) Long-term Gains and Losses.-There shall be

"(E) Income From Retirement or Discharge of Bonds,
and So Forth.-There shall be excluded, in the case of any
taxpayer, income derived from the retirement or discharge
by the taxpayer of any bond, debenture, note, or certificate
or other evidence of indebtedness, if the obligation of the
taxpayer has been outstanding for more than eighteen
months, including, in case the issuance was at a premium,

"(3) TAXABLE YEAR LESS THAN TWELVE MONTHS.-If the taxable

year is a period of less than twelve months the excess profits net

reorganizations, see section 742 (e))

year;

excluded long-term capital gains and losses. There shall be
excluded the excess of gains from the sale or exchange of
property held for more than eighteen months which is of
character which is subject to the allowance for depreciation
provided in section 23 (1) over the losses from the sale or
exchange of such property;

5

tion with reference to such debt was allowable from gross
1940.
income
for any taxable year beginning prior to January 1,

tion with reference to such debt was allowable from
1940:
income

[PUB. 801.)

"(B) Long-Term Gains and Losses.-There shall be

excluded long-term capital gains and losses. There shall

be excluded the excess of gains from the sale or exchange of
property held for more than eighteen months which is of a
character which is subject to the allowance for depreciation
provided in section 23 (1) over the losses from the sale or
exchange of such property
"(C) Income From Retirement or Discharge of Bonds,
and So Forth.-There shall be excluded, in the case of any
taxpayer, income derived from the retirement or discharge by
the taxpayer of any bond, debenture, note, or certificate or
other evidence of indebtedness, if the obligation of the taxpayer has been outstanding for more than eighteen months,
including, in case the issuance was at a premium, the amount
includible in income for such year solely because of such
retirement or discharge;
"(D) Deductions on Account of Retirement or Discharge
of Bonds, and So Forth.-If during the taxable year the taxpayer retires or discharges any bond, debenture, note, or certificate or other evidence of indebtedness, if the obligation of
the taxpayer has been outstanding for more than eighteen
months, the following deductions for such taxable year shall
not be allowed
"(i) The deduction allowable under section 23 (a) for
expenses paid or incurred in connection with such retirement or discharge;

6

[Pca.801.]

"(ii)retirement
The deduction
for losses
such
or discharge;
andallowable by reason of

"(iii) In case the issuance was at a discount, the
amount deductible
for such year solely because of such
retirement
or discharge;

"(E) Casualty, Demolition, and Similar Losses.-Deduc
tions under section 23 (f) for losses arising from fires,
storms, shipwreck, or other casualty, or from theft, or arising
from the demolition, abandonment, or loss of useful value of
property,
notallowed:
compensated for by insurance or otherwise,
shall not be

"(F) Repayment of Processing Tax to Vendees.-The
deduction under section 23 (a), for any taxable year, for
expenses shall be decreased by an amount which bears the
same ratio to the amount deductible on account of any repayment or credit by the corporation to its vendee of any amount

attributable to any tax under the Agricultural Adjustment
Act of 1933, as amended, as the excess of the aggregate of the
amounts so deductible in the base period over the aggregate
of the amounts attributable to taxes under such Act collected

from its vendees which were includible in the corporation's
gross income in the base period and which were not paid,
bears to the aggregate of the amounts so deductible in the

base period;

'(G) Payment of Judgments, and So Forth.-Deductions
attributable to any claim, award, judgment, or decree against
the taxpayer, or interest on any of the foregoing, shall not
be allowed if in the light of the taxpayer's business it was
abnormal for the taxpayer to incur a liability of such character or, if the taxpayer normally incurred such liability,
the amount of such liability in the taxable year was grossly
disproportionate to the amount of such liability in the four
previous taxable years;
((H) All expenditures for intangible drilling and development costs paid or incurred in or for the drilling of wells
or the preparation of wells for the production of oil or gas,
or expenditures for development costs in the case of mines,
which the taxpayer has deducted from gross income as an
expense, shall not be allowed to the extent that in the light
of the taxpayer's business it was abnormal for the taxpayer

to incurr a liability of such character or, if the taxpayer
normally incurred such liability, to the extent that the
amount of such liability in the taxable year was grossly dis-

proportionate to the amount of such liability in the four

previous taxable years; and

(1) Dividends Received.-The credit for dividends
received shall apply, without limitation, to dividends on stock
of domestic corporations.
"(2) CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES.-For the purposes of this subsection the normal-tax net income and the special-class net income
referred to in paragraph (1) shall be computed as if section 23

(g) (2), section 23 (k) (2), and section 117 were part of the
revenue law applicable to the taxable year the excess profits net

7

income of which is being computed, with the exception that the
net short-term capital loss carry-over provided in subsection (e)
of section 117 shall be applicable to net short-term capital losses
for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1934. Such
exception shall not apply for the purposes of computing the tax
under
subchapter for any taxable year beginning before
Januarythis
1, 1941.
"SEC. 712. EXCESS PROFITS CREDIT-ALLOWANCE

(a) DOMESTIC CORPORATIONS-In the case of a domestic corporation which was in existence before January 1, 1940, the excess
profits credit for any taxable year shall. at the election of the taxpayer made in its return for such taxable year, be an amount computed under section 713 or section 714. (For election in case of
certain reorganizations of corporations not qualified under the preceding sentence, see section 741.) In the case of all other domestic
corporations the excess profits credit for any taxable year shall be
an amount computed under section 714. In the case of a domestic
corporation which for any taxable year does not file a return before
the expiration of the time prescribed by law for filing such return,
the
excess profits credit for such taxable year shall be an amount
computed under section 714.
(b) FOREIGN CORPORATIONS-In the case of a foreign corporation

engaged in trade or business within the United States or having an
office or place of business therein, the first taxable year of which
under this subchapter begins on any date in 1940, which was in
existence on the day forty-eight months prior to such date and which at
any time during each of the taxable years in such forty-eight months
was engaged in trade or business within the United States or had an

office or place of business therein, the excess profits credit for any
taxable year shall, at the election of the taxpayer in its return for
such taxable year, be an amount computed under section 713 or
section 714. In the case of all other such foreign corporations the
excess profits credit for any taxable year shall be an amount computed under section 714. In the case of a foreign corporation which
for any taxable year does not file a return before the expiration of
the time prescribed by law for filing such return, the excess profits
credit714.
for such taxable year shall be an amount computed under
section
"SEC. 713. EXCESS PROFITS CREDIT-BASED ON INCOME.
"(a) AMOUNT OF EXCESS PROFITS CREDIT.-The excess profits credit

for any taxable year, computed under this section, shall be-

(1) DOMESTIC CORPORATIONS.-In the case of a domestic cor-

poration-

"(A) 95 per centum of the average base period net income,
as defined in subsection (b),

"(B) Plus 8 per centum of the net capital addition as

defined in subsection (c), or

"(C) Minus 6 per centum of the net capital reduction as

defined in subsection (c).
"(2) FOREIGN CORPORATIONS.-In the case of a foreign corporation, 95 per centum of the average base period net income.

8

(Pra. NO.)

"(b) AVERAGE BASE PERIOD NET INCOME-For the purposes of this

section
the as
average
base period net income of the taxpayer shall be
determined
follows:
'(1) By computing the aggregate of the excess profits
income for each of the taxable years of the taxpayer beginning
net

after December 31, 1935, and before January 1, 1940, reduced, in
the case of each such taxable year in which the deductions plus
the credit for dividends received exceeded the gross income. by
the amount attributable to such excess under paragraph (4)
"(2) By dividing the amount ascertained under paragraph (1)
by the total number of months in all such taxable years; and
"(3) By multiplying the amount ascertained under paragraph
(2) by twelve.

(4) For the purposes of paragraph (1)"(A) In determining whether, for any taxable year, the
deductions plus the credit for dividends received exceeded
the gross income, and in determining the amount of such
excess, the adjustments provided in section 711 (b) (1) shall
be made: and

"(B) The amount attributable to any taxable year in which
there is such an excess shall be the amount of such excess,
except that such amount shall be zero if there is only one such
year, or, if more than one, shall be zero for the year in which
such excess is the greatest.

"(5) For the purposes of paragraph (1), if the taxpayer was
in existence during only part of the 48 months preceding the
beginning of its first taxable year under this subchapter (hereinafter in this paragraph called 'base period'), its excess profits net
income"(A) for each taxable year of twelve months (beginning
with the beginning of such base period) during which it was
not in existence, shall be an amount equal to 8 per centum of
the excess of(i) the daily invested capital for the first day of the
taxpayer's first taxable year beginning after December
31, 1939, over

"(ii) an amount equal to the same percentage of such
daily invested capital as is applicable under section 720
in reduction of the average invested capital of the preceding taxable year;
"(B) for the taxable year of less than twelve months consisting of that part of the remainder of the base period during which it was not in existence, shall be the amount ascer-

tained for a full year under subparagraph (A). multiplied
by the number of days in such taxable year of less than
twelve months and divided by the number of days in the

twelve months ending with the close of such taxable year.
"(6) In no case shall the average base period net income be less
than zero.
'(7) For computation of average base period net income in case
of certain reorganizations, see section 742.

9

((c) ADJUSTMENTS IN EXCESS PROFITS CREDIT ON ACCOUNT OF
CAPITAL CHANGES.-For the purposes of this section-

"(1) The net capital addition for the taxable year shall be the
excess, divided by the number of days in the taxable year. of the
aggregate of the daily capital addition for each day of the taxable
the aggregate
each year
day ofover
the taxable
year. of the daily capital reduction for
"(2) The net capital reduction for the taxable year shall be the
excess, divided by the number of days in the taxable year, of the
aggregate of the daily capital reduction for each day of the taxable
the year.
aggregate of the daily capital addition for each
day ofyear
the over
taxable
"(3) The daily capital addition for any day of the taxable year
shall be the aggregate of the amounts of money and property
paid in for stock, or as paid-in surplus, or as a contribution to
capital, after the beginning of the taxpayer's first taxable year
under this subchapter and prior to such day. In determining the
amount of any property paid in, such property shall be included
in an amount determined in the manner provided in section 718

(a) (2). A distribution by the taxpayer to its shareholders in

its stock or rights to acquire its stock shall not be regarded as
money or property paid in for stock, or as paid-in surplus, or as
a contribution to capital. The amount ascertained under this
paragraph shall be reduced by the excess, if any, of the excluded
capital for such day over the excluded capital for the first day of
the taxpayer's first taxable year under this subchapter. For the
purposes of this paragraph the excluded capital for any day
shall be an amount equal to the sum of the following:
"(A) The aggregate of the adjusted basis (for determining loss upon sale or exchange) as of the beginning of such
day, of obligations held by the taxpayer at the beginning of
such day, which are described in section 22 (b) (4) (A),
(B), or (C) any part of the interest from which is excludible
from
and

gross income or allowable as a credit against net income;

"(B) The aggregate of the adjusted basis (for determining loss upon sale or exchange) as of the beginning of such
day. of stock of domestic corporations held by the taxpayer
at the beginning of such day.

The daily capital addition shall in no case be less than zero.
For daily capital additions and reductions in case of certain
reorganizations, see section 743.)

(4) The daily capital reduction for any day of the taxable
year shall be the aggregate of the amounts of distributions to
shareholders, not out of earnings and profits, after the beginning

of the taxpayer's first taxable year under this subchapter and

prior to such day.

"SEC. 714. EXCESS PROFITS CREDIT-BASED ON INVESTED CAPITAL.

"The excess profits credit, for any taxable year, computed under
this section, shall be an amount equal to 8 per centum of the taxpayer's
invested
capital for the taxable year, determined under section 715.
PER No.

10
11

[Pva 801.)

"SEC. 715. DEFINITION OF INVESTED CAPITAL.

"For the purposes of this subchapter the invested capital for
taxable year shall be the average invested capital for such year. any
determined under section 716, reduced by an amount computed under
section 720 (relating to inadmissible assets). If the Commissioner
finds that in any case the determination of invested capital, on a basis
other than a daily basis, will produce an invested capital differing by
not more than $1,000 from an invested capital determined on a daily
basis, he may, under regulations prescribed by him with the approval
of the Secretary, provide for such determination on such other basis,
(For computation of invested capital in case of foreign corporations
and corporations entitled to the benefits of section 251, see section

724.)

"SEC. 716. AVERAGE INVESTED CAPITAL.

"The average invested capital for any taxable year shall be the
aggregate of the daily invested capital for each day of such taxable
year, divided by the number of days in such taxable year.
"SEC. 717. DAILY INVESTED CAPITAL.

"The daily invested capital for any day of the taxable year shall
be the sum of the equity invested capital for such day plus the borrowed invested capital for such day determined under section 719.
"SEC. 718. EQUITY INVESTED CAPITAL.

"(a) DEFINITION.-The equity invested capital for any day of any
taxable year shall be determined as of the beginning of such day and
shall be the sum of the following amounts, reduced as provided in
subsection (b)"(1) MONEY PAID IN.-Money previously paid in for stock, or

as paid-in surplus, or contribution to capital;

"(2) PROPERTY PAID IN.-Property (other than money) previ-

ously paid in (regardless of the time paid in) for stock, or as
paid-in surplus, or as a contribution to capital. Such property
shall be included in an amount equal to its basis (unadjusted)
for determining loss upon sale or exchange. If the property was
disposed of before such taxable year, such basis shall be determined in the same manner as if the property were still held at
the beginning of such taxable year. If such unadjusted basis is a
substituted basis it shall be adjusted, with respect to the period
before the property was paid in, in the manner provided in section 113 (b) (2)
"(3) DISTRIBUTIONS IN STOCK.-Distributions in stock-

'(A) Made prior to such taxable year to the extent to
which they are considered distributions of earnings and

profits; and

"(B) Previously made during such taxable year to the
extent to which they are considered distributions of earnings
and profits other than earnings and profits of such taxable

year;

"(4) EARNINGS AND PROFITS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR.-The accu-

mulated
year;
and earnings and profits as of the beginning of such taxable
"(5) INCREASE ON ACCOUNT OF GAIN ON TAX-FREE LIQUIDATION.-

In the case of the previous receipt of property (other than property described in the last sentence of section 113 (a) (15)) by

the taxpayer in complete liquidation of another corporation under

section 112 (b) (6), or the corresponding provision of a prior
revenue law, an amount, with respect to each such liquidation,
equal to the amount by which the aggregate of the amount of the
money so received and of the adjusted basis, at the time of receipt,

of all
sum
of property

(other than money) so received, exceeds the

"(A) The aggregate of the adjusted basis of each share
of stock with respect to which such property was received:
such adjusted basis of each share to be determined immediately
prior totothe
receipt
any property in such liquidation
with respect
such
share,ofand
"(B) The aggregate of the liabilities of such other corporation assumed by the taxpayer in connection with the receipt
of such property, of the liabilities (not assumed by the taxpayer) to which such property so received was subject, and
of any other consideration (other than the stock with respect
to
such property
was received) given by the taxpayer
forwhich
such property
so received.
"(b) REDUCTION IN EQUITY INVESTED CAPITAL-The amount by
which the equity invested capital for any day shall be reduced as provided in subsection (a) shall be the sum of the following amounts"(1) DISTRIBUTIONS IN PREVIOUS YEARS.-Distributions made
prior to such taxable year which were not out of accumulated
earnings and profits;
"(2) DISTRIBUTIONS DURING THE YEAR-Distributions previously made during such taxable year which are not out of the
earnings and profits of such taxable year;
"(3) EARNINGS AND PROFITS OF ANOTHER CORPORATION-The

earnings and profits of another corporation which previously
at any time were included in accumulated earnings and profits
by reason of a transaction described in section 112 (b) to (e),
both inclusive, or in the corresponding provision of a prior revenue law, or by reason of the transfer by such other corporation to
the taxpayer of property the basis of which in the hands of the
taxpayer is or was determined with reference to its basis in the
hands of such other corporation, or would have been so determined if the property had been other than money; and
"(4) REDUCTION ON ACCOUNT OF LOSS ON TAX-FREE LIQUIDA-

TION.In the case of the previous receipt of property (other than
property described in the last sentence of section 113 (a) (15))
by the taxpayer in complete liquidation of another corporation
under section 112 (b) (6), or the corresponding provision of a
prior revenue law, an amount, with respect to each such liquidation, equal to the amount by which the sum of-

12
13

(Pcs.sot.)

"(A) The aggregate of the adjusted basis of each share
of stock with respect to which such property was received:
such adjusted basis of each share to be determined immediatelyrespect
prior totothe
receipt
any property in such liquidation
with
such
share,ofand

"(B) The aggregate of the liabilities of such other corporation assumed by the taxpayer in connection with the
receipt of such property, of the liabilities (not assumed by
the taxpayer) to which such property so received was subject.

and of any other consideration (other than the stock with
respect to which such property was received) given by the

taxpayer for such property so received,
exceeds the aggregate of the amount of the money so received
and of the adjusted basis, at the time of receipt, of all property
(other than money) so received. The amount of the reduction
under this paragraph shall not exceed the accumulated earnings
and profits as of the beginning of such taxable year.
"(e) RULES FOR APPLICATION OF SUBSECTIONS (A) AND (B).-For the

purposes of subsections (a) and (b)-

F(1) DISTRIBUTIONS TO SHAREHOLDERS.-The term "distribution"

means a distribution by a corporation to its shareholders, and
the term 'distribution in stock means a distribution by a cor-

poration in its stock or rights to acquire its stock. To the

extent that a distribution in stock is not considered a distribution of earnings and profits it shall not be considered a distribution. A distribution in stock shall not be regarded as money
or propertyto
paid
in for stock, or as paid-in surplus, or as a
contribution
capital.
"(2) DISTRIBUTIONS IN FIRST SIXTY DAYS OF TAXABLE YEAR-In

the application of such subsections to any taxable year beginning
after December 31, 1940, so much of the distributions (taken in

the order of time) made during the first sixty days thereof as
does not exceed the accumulated earnings and profits as of the
beginning thereof (computed without regard to this paragraph)
shall be considered to have been made on the last day of the

then such stock shall not be considered as property paid in for
stock of, or as paid-in surplus of, or as a contribution to capital
of.
the corporation
subparagraph
(A) resulting
or (B). from the transaction referred to in

"(d) For special rules affecting computation of property paid in

for stock
connection with certain exchanges and liquidations, see
section
751in(a).
For723.
determination
see"(e)
section

of equity invested capital in special cases,

"SEC. 719. BORROWED INVESTED CAPITAL.

"(a) BORROWED CAPITAL-The borrowed capital for any day of
any taxable year shall be determined as of the beginning of such
day and shall be the sum of the following:
"(1) The amount of the outstanding indebtedness (not including interest, and not including indebtedness described in section
751 (b) relating to certain exchanges) of the taxpayer which is
evidenced by a bond, note, bill of exchange, debenture, certificate
of indebtedness, mortgage, or deed of trust, plus,

"(2) In the case of a taxpayer having a contract (made before

the expiration of 30 days after the date of the enactment of
the Second Revenue Act of 1940) with a foreign government to
furnish articles, materials, or supplies to such foreign government. if such contract provides for advance payment and for
repayment by the vendor of any part of such advance payment
upon cancellation of the contract by such foreign government,
the amount which would be required to be so repaid if cancellation occurred at the beginning of such day, but no amount
-hall be considered as borrowed capital under this paragraph

which has been includible in gross income.
"(b) BORROWED INVESTED CAPITAL-The borrowed invested capital
for any day of any taxable year shall be determined as of the begin-

ning of such day and shall be an amount equal to 50 per centum of
the borrowed capital for such day.

preceding taxable year.

(3) COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS AND PROFITS OF TAXABLE TEAR-

For the purposes of subsections (a) (3) (B) and (b) (2) in
determining whether a distribution is out of the earnings and
profits of any taxable year, such earnings and profits shall be
computed as of the close of such taxable year without diminution

by reason of any distribution made during such taxable year
or by reason of the tax under this subchapter for such year and
the determination shall be made without regard to the amount
of earnings and profits at the time the distribution was made.
"(4) STOCK IN CASE OF MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.-If a corpo-

ration owns stock in another corporation, and"(A) such corporations are merged or consolidated in 3
statutory merger or consolidation, or
"(B) such corporations are parties to a transaction similar which

results in the elimination of such stock in a manner
to that resulting from a statutory merger or consolidation.

"SEC. 720. ADMISSIBLE AND INADMISSIBLE ASSETS

"(a) DEFINITIONS.-For the purposes of this subchapter"(1) The term 'inadmissible assets' means-

"(A) Stock in corporations except stock in a foreign

personal-holding company: and

"(B) Except as provided in subsection (d). obligations
described in section 22 (b) (4) any part of the interest
from which is excludible from gross income or allowable

as a credit against net income.

"(2) The term 'admissible assets means all assets other than

inadmissible assets,

"(b) RATIO OF INADMISSIBLES TO TOTAL ASSETS-The amount by

which the average invested capital for any taxable year shall be
reduced as provided in section 715 shall be an amount which is the
same percentage of such average invested capital as the percentage
which the total of the inadmissible assets is of the total of admissible
and inadmissible assets. For such purposes, the amount attributable

14
(PTZ-BIL)

to each asset held at any time during such taxable year shall be deter.
mined by ascertaining the adjusted basis thereof (or, in the case
money, the amount thereof) for each day of such taxable year so of
and adding such daily amounts. The determination of such daily held
amounts shall be made under regulations prescribed by the Commis
sioner with the approval of the Secretary. The adjusted basis shall
be the adjusted
for 113.
determining loss upon sale or exchange as
determined
underbasis
section
(c) COMPUTATION IF SHORT-TERM CAPITAL GAIN.-If during the
taxable year there has been a short-term capital gain with respect to
an inadmissible asset, then so much of the amount attributable to such
inadmissible asset under subsection (b) as bears the same ratio thereto
as such gain bears to the sum of such gain plus the dividends and
interest on such asset for such year, shall, for the purpose of determining the ratio of inadmissible assets to the total of admissible and
inadmissible assets, be added to the total of admissible assets and
subtracted from the total of inadmissible assets.
"(d) TREATMENT OF GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS AS ADMISSIBLE

ASSETS.-If the excess profits credit for any taxable year is computed
under section 714, the taxpayer may in its return for such year elect
to increase its normal-tax net income for such taxable year by an
amount equal to the amount of the interest on all obligations held
during the taxable year which are described in section 22 (b) (4) any
part of the interest from which is excludible from gross income or
allowable as a credit against net income. In such case, for the purposes of this section, the term 'admissible assets' includes such obligations, and the term 'inadmissible assets does not include such
obligations.

"SEC. 721. ABNORMALITIES IN INCOME IN TAXABLE PERIOD.

"If there is includible in the gross income of the taxpayer for any
taxable
year an item of income of any one or more of the following
classes:

"(a) Arising out of a claim, award, judgment, or decree, or
interest on any of the foregoing; or
"(b) Constituting an amount payable under a contract the
performance of which required more than 12 months: or

"(c) Resulting from exploration, discovery, prospecting.
research, or development of tangible property, patents, formulae,
or processes, or any combination of the foregoing, extending
over a period of more than 12 months: or

"(d) Includible in gross income for the taxable year rather
than for a different taxable year by reason of a change in the
taxpayer's accounting period or method of accounting; or
"(e) In the case of a lessor of real property, amounts included
in gross income for the taxable year by reason of the termination
of the lease: or
"(f) Dividends on stock of foreign corporations, except foreign
personal holding companies:

and, in the light of the taxpayer's business, it is abnormal for the
taxpayer to derive income of such class, or, if the taxpayer normally
derives income of such class, the item includible in the gross income
of the taxable year is grossly disproportionate to the gross income of

15

the same class in the four previous taxable years, then: (1) the
amount of such item attributable to any previous taxable year or
shall be determined under rules and regulations prescribed by the

Commissioner with the approval of the Secretary: (2) the amount of
such item attributable to any future taxable year or years shall be
determined under rules and regulations prescribed by the Commissioner with the approval of the Secretary and shall, for the purposes
of this subchapter, be included in the gross income for the future
year or years to which attributable; and (3) the tax under this subchapter for the taxable year (in which the whole of such item would,
without
regard to this section, be includible) shall not exceed the
sum
of

"(A) The tax under this subchapter for such taxable year
computed without the inclusion in gross income of the portion of

such item which is attributable to any other taxable year, and
"(B) The aggregate of the increase in the tax under this subchapter which would have resulted for each previous taxable
year to which any portion of such item is attributable, computed
as if an amount equal to such portion had been included in gross
income for such previous taxable year.
"SEC. 722. ADJUSTMENT OF ABNORMALITIES IN INCOME AND CAP.
ITAL BY THE COMMISSIONER.

"For the purposes of this subchapter, the Commissioner shall also
have authority to make such adjustments as may be necessary to
adjust abnormalities affecting income or capital, and his decision shall
be subject to review by the United States Board of Tax Appeals.
"SEC. 723. EQUITY INVESTED CAPITAL IN SPECIAL CASES.

"Where the Commissioner determines that the equity invested
capital as of the beginning of the taxpayer's first taxable year under
this subchapter cannot be determined in accordance with section 718,
the equity invested capital as of the beginning of such year shall
be an amount equal to the sum of (a) the money plus (b) the aggregate of the adjusted basis of the assets of the taxpayer held by the
taxpayer at such time, such sum being reduced by the indebtedness
outstanding at such time. The amount of the money, assets, and
indebtedness at such time shall be determined in accordance with
rules and regulations prescribed by the Commissioner with the
approval of the Secretary. In such case, the equity invested capital
for each day after the beginning of the taxpayer's first taxable year
under this subchapter shall be determined, in accordance with rules
and regulations prescribed by the Commissioner with the approval
of the
Secretary, using as the basic figure the equity invested capital
as
so determined.
"SEC. 724. FOREIGN CORPORATIONS AND CORPORATIONS ENTITLED
TO BENEFITS OF SECTION 251-INVESTED CAPITAL.

"Notwithstanding section 715, in the case of a foreign corporation
engaged in trade or business within the United States or having an
office or place of business therein, and in the case of a corporation
entitled to the benefits of section 251. the invested capital for any

16
17

(Pra.801.)

taxable year shall be determined in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed
by the Commissioner with the approval of the
Secretary.
under which-

subsection (b) of this section, if, and only if, the tax computed under
subsection (b) is less than the tax computed under section 710.

"(a) GENERAL RULE-The daily invested capital for any day of

of-

the taxable year shall be the aggregate of the adjusted basis of each
United States asset held by the taxpayer on the beginning of such

"(1) A tentative tax computed under section 710 with the
normal-tax net income increased by the amount of any payments
made, or to be made, to the United States Maritime Commission
with respect to such contracts or subcontracts: over
"(2) The amount of such payments.

day. In the application of section 720 in reduction of the average
invested capital (determined on the basis of such daily invested
capital), the terms 'admissible assets' and 'inadmissible assets' shall
include only United States assets; or
"(b) EXCEPTION.-If the Commissioner determines that the United

"SEC. 727. EXEMPT CORPORATIONS.

States assets of the taxpayer cannot satisfactorily be segregated
from its other assets, the invested capital for the taxable year shall

following corporations shall be exempt from the tax imposed
by"The
this subchapter:

be an amount which is the same percentage of the aggregate of the

adjusted basis of all assets held by the taxpayer as of the end of
the last day of the taxable year which the net income for the taxable year from sources within the United States is of the total net

Corporations
exempt under section 101 from the tax imposed
by "(a)
Chapter
1.
"(b) Foreign personal-holding companies, as defined in section 331.
"(e) Mutual investment companies, as defined in section 361.
"(d) Investment companies which under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 are registered as diversified companies at all times during
the taxable year. For the purposes of this subsection, if a company is
so registered before July 1, 1941, it shall be considered as so registered
at all times prior to the date of such registration.
"(e) Personal-holding companies, as defined in section 501.
"(f) Foreign corporations not engaged in trade or business within
the United States and not having an office or place of business therein,
"(g) Domestic corporations satisfying the following conditions:

income of the taxpayer for such year.
"(c) DEFINITION OF UNITED STATES ASSET.-As used in this subsection, the term United States asset' means an asset held by the
taxpayer in the United States, determined in accordance with rules
and regulations prescribed by the Commissioner with the approval
of the Secretary.
"SEC. 725. PERSONAL SERVICE CORPORATIONS.

"(a) DEFINITION.-As used in this subchapter, the term personal
service corporation' means a corporation whose income is to be
ascribed primarily to the activities of shareholders who are regularly
engaged in the active conduct of the affairs of the corporation and
are the owners at all times during the taxable year of at least 70
per centum in value of each class of stock of the corporation. and
in which capital is not a material income-producing factor: but does
not include any foreign corporation, nor any corporation 50 per
centum or more of whose gross income consists of gains, profits, or
income derived from trading as a principal. For the purposes of
this subsection, an individual shall be considered as owning, at any
time, the stock owned at such time by his spouse or minor child or by
any guardian or trustee representing them.
(b) ELECTION AS TO TAXABILITY.-If a personal service corporation signifies, in its return under Chapter 1 for any taxable year. its
desire not to be subject to the tax imposed under this subchapter for
such taxable year, it shall be exempt from such tax for such year. and
the provisions of Supplement S of Chapter 1 shall apply to the shareholders in such corporation who were such shareholders on the last
day of such taxable year of the corporation.
"SEC. 726. CORPORATIONS COMPLETING CONTRACTS UNDER MERCHANT MARINE ACT, 1936.

"(a) If the United States Maritime Commission certifies to the
Commissioner that the taxpayer has completed within the taxable year of

any contracts or subcontracts which are subject to the provisions
section 505 (b) of the Merchant Marine Act of 1936, as amended. shall
then the tax imposed by this subchapter for such taxable year under
be, in lieu of a tax computed under section 710. a tax computed

"(b) The tax computed under this subsection shall be the excess

"(1) If 95 per centum or more of the gross income of such
domestic corporation for the three-year period immediately preceding the close of the taxable year (or for such part of such
,

period during which the corporation was in existence) was

derived from sources other than sources within the United States:
and

"(2) If 50 per centum or more of its gross income for such
period or such part thereof was derived from the active conduct

of a trade or business.

"(h) Any corporation subject to the provisions of Title IV of the
Civil Aeronautics Act of 1938, in the gross income of which for any
taxable year beginning after December 31. 1939. there is includible
compensation received from the United States for the transportation
of mail by aircraft if, after excluding from its gross income such
compensation.
its adjusted excess profits net income for such year
is
zero or less.
"SEC. 728. MEANING OF TERMS USED.

"The terms used in this subchapter shall have the same meaning as

when used in Chapter 1.

"SEC. 729. LAWS APPLICABLE

"(a) GENERAL RULE-All provisions of law (including penalties)
applicable in respect of the taxes imposed by Chapter 1, shall. insofar
as not inconsistent with this subchapter, be applicable in respect of
the tax imposed by this subchapter.
PUB. No. 801-

18
(Pra. 801.1

(Pcm.801.)

19

"(b) RETURNS.-Notwithstanding subsection (a), no return
section 52 (a) shall be required to be filed by any taxpayer under under this
subchapter for any taxable year for which its excess profits net income,

computed with the adjustments provided in section 711 (a) (2)

placed than
on an$5,000.
annual basis as provided in section 711 (a) (3), is and not
greater

(c) FOREIGN TAXES PAID.-In the application of section 131 for
the purposes of this subchapter the tax paid or accrued to any country
shall be deemed to be the amount of such tax reduced by the amount
of the
credit1.allowed with respect to such tax against the tax imposed
by
Chapter
'(d) LIMITATIONS ON AMOUNT OF FOREIGN TAX CREDIT-The
amount
of the credit
taken under this section shall be subject to each
of the following
limitations:

"(1) The amount of the credit in respect of the tax paid or
accrued to any country shall not exceed the same proportion of
the tax against which such credit is taken, which the taxpayer's
excess profits net income from sources within such country bears
to its entire excess profits net income for the same taxable year:
and
"(2) The total amount of the credit shall not exceed the same
proportion of the tax against which such credit is taken, which
the taxpayer's excess profits net income from sources without
the United States bears to its entire excess profits net income for

the same taxable year.

"SEC. 730. CONSOLIDATED RETURNS.

"(a) PRIVILEGE TO FILE CONSOLIDATED RETURNS-An affiliated
group of corporations shall, subject to the provisions of this section,
have the privilege of making a consolidated return for the taxable
year in lieu of separate returns. The making of a consolidated return
shall be upon the condition that all the corporations which have been
members of the affiliated group at any time during the taxable year
for which the return is made consent to all the regulations under subsection (b) prescribed prior to the last day prescribed by law for the
filing of such return: and the making of a consolidated return shall
be considered as such consent. In the case of a corporation which
is a member of the affiliated group for a fractional part of the year
the consolidated return shall include the income of such corporation
for such part of the year as it is a member of the affiliated group.
'(b) REGULATIONS-The Commissioner, with the approval of the
Secretary, shall prescribe such regulations as he may deem neces-

sary in order that the tax liability of any affiliated group of cor-

porations making a consolidated return and of each corporation in
the group, both during and after the period of affiliation, may be

returned, determined, computed, assessed, collected, and adjusted, in
such manner as clearly to reflect the excess profits tax liability and the
various factors necessary for the determination of such liability, and

in order to prevent avoidance of such tax liability.

"(c) COMPUTATION AND PAYMENT OF TAX-In any case in which a

consolidated return is made the tax shall be determined, computed.
assessed, collected, and adjusted in accordance with the regulations

under subsection (b) prescribed prior to the last day prescribed by
law for the filing of such return. Only one specific exemption of
$5,000
section 710 (b) (1) shall be allowed for the entire
affiliatedprovided
group ofincorporations,
"(d) DEFINITION OF "AFFILIATED GROUP'--A used in this section,
an 'affiliated group' means one or more chains of includible corporations connected through stock ownership with a common parent cor-

poration which is an includible corporation if-

"(1) At least 95 per centum of each class of the stock of each
of the includible corporations (except the common parent corporation) is owned directly by one or more of the other includi-

ble corporations; and

"(2) The common parent corporation owns directly at least 95
per centum of each class of the stock of at least one of the other
includible corporations.
As used in this subsection, the term 'stock' does not include nonvoting
stock which is limited and preferred as to dividends
"(e) DEFINITION OF INCLUDIBLE CORPORATION'--As used in this

section,
except- the term includible corporation means any corporation

"(1) Corporations
subchapter.

exempt from the tax imposed by this

"(2) Foreign corporations.
"(3) Corporations organized under the China Trade Act, 1922

"(4) Corporations entitled to the benefits of section 251, by

reason ofofreceiving
a large
percentage of their income from possessions
the United
States,
"(5) Personal service corporations.
"(6) Insurance companies subject to taxation under section

201, ,204, or 207.

"(f) INCLUDIBLE INSURANCE COMPANIES.-Despi the provisions of

paragraph (6) of subsection (e), two or more domestic insurance
companies each of which is subject to taxation under the same section

of Chapter 1 shall be considered as includible corporations for the
purpose of the application of subsection (d) to such insurance com-

panies alone.

"(g) SUBSIDIARY FORMED TO COMPLY WITH FOREIGN Law.-In the

case of a domestic corporation owning or controlling, directly or
indirectly, 100 per centum of the capital stock (exclusive of directors'

qualifying shares) of a corporation organized under the laws of a
contiguous foreign country and maintained solely for the purpose of
complying with the laws of such country as to title and operation of

property, such foreign corporation may, at the option of the domestic

corporation, be treated for the purpose of this subchapter as a

domestic corporation.
"(h) SUSPENSION OF RUNNING OF STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.-If a

notice under section 272 (a) in respect of a deficiency for any taxable
year is mailed to a corporation, the suspension of the running of the
statute of limitations, provided in section 277, shall apply in the case
of corporations with which such corporation made a consolidated
return for such taxable year.

20
(PUB.RUL)

(Pcs.801)

21

"SEC. 731. CORPORATIONS
ENGAGED IN MINING OF STRATEGIC
METALS.
"(b) COMPONENT CORPORATION.-The term 'component corporation
means-

"In the case of any domestic corporation engaged in the mining of
tungsten, quicksilver, manganese, platinum, antimony, chromite,
tin, the portion of the adjusted excess profits net income attributable or
to such mining in the United States shall be exempt from the tax
imposed by this subchapter. The tax on the remaining portion of
such adjusted excess profits net income shall be an amount which
bears the same ratio to the tax computed without regard to this sec.
tion as such remaining portion bears to the entire adjusted excess
profits net income,

"Part II-Rules in Connection With Certain Exchanges
"Supplement A-Excess Profits Credit Based on Income
"SEC. 740. DEFINITIONS.

"For the purposes of this Supplement"(a) ACQUIRING CORPORATION-The term 'acquiring corporation'
means-

"(1) A corporation which has acquired'(A) substantially all the properties of another corporation and the whole or a part of the consideration for the
transfer of such properties is the transfer to such other
corporation of all the stock of all classes (except qualifying
shares) of the corporation which has acquired such proper-

ties, or

"(B) substantially all the properties of another corporation and the sole consideration for the transfer of such properties is the transfer to such other corporation of voting
stock of the corporation which has acquired such properties,
or

"(C) before October 1, 1940, properties of another corporation solely as paid-in surplus or a contribution to capital
in respect of voting stock owned by such other corporation.
For the purposes of subparagraphs (B) and (C) in determining whether such voting stock or such paid-in surplus or contribution to capital is the sole consideration, the assumption by
the acquiring corporation of a liability of the other, or the fact
that property acquired is subject to a liability, shall be disre-

garded. Subparagraph (B) or (C) shall apply only if the
corporation
such properties
is forthwith
liquidatedtransferring
in pursuance
of the plan
under acquisition
which thecompletely

is made, and the transaction of which the acquisition is a part
has the effect of a statutory merger or consolidation.
(2) A corporation which has acquired property from another
corporation in a transaction with respect to which gain or loss was
not recognized under section 112 (b) (6) of Chapter 1 or a corresponding provision of a prior revenue law:

(3) A corporation the result of a statutory merger of two or
more corporations; or
"(4) A corporation the result of a statutory consolidation of
two or more corporations.

"(1) In the case of a transaction described in subsection
(a) (1), the corporation which transferred the assets;

(2) In the case of a transaction described in subsection
(a) (2), the corporation the property of which was acquired

"(3) In the case of a statutory merger, all corporations

merged, except the corporation resulting from the merger; or
(4) In the case of a statutory consolidation, all corporations
consolidated, except the corporation resulting from the consolidation.
"(c) QUALIFIED COMPONENT CORPORATION.-The term "qualified
component corporation' means a component corporation which was

in
existence on the date of the beginning of the taxpayer's base
period.
"(d) BASEthe
PERIOD.-In
case
corporation
base periodthe
shall
be:of a taxpayer which is an acquiring

"(1) If the tax is being computed for any taxable year beginning
1940,year;
the forty-eight
months preceding the beginning of
such in
taxable
or
"(2) If the tax is being computed for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1940, the forty-eight months preceding
what would have been its first taxable year beginning in 1940

if it had had a taxable year beginning in 1940 on the date on
which the taxable year for which the tax is being computed
began.
"(e) BASE PERIOD YEARS.-In the case of a taxpayer which is an

acquiring corporation its base period years shall be the four successive twelve-month periods beginning on the same date as the

beginning of its base period.

(f) EXISTENCE OF ACQUIRING CORPORATION.-For the purposes of

subsection (c) and section 741, if any component corporation was in
existence on the date of the beginning of the taxpayer's base period
(either actually or by reason of this subsection), its acquiring corporation shall be considered to have been in existence on such date.
'(g) COMPONENT CORPORATIONS OF COMPONENT CORPORATIONS.-If

a corporation is a component corporation of an acquiring corporation. under subsection (b) or under this subsection, it shall (except
for the purposes of section 742 (d) (1) and (2) and section 743 (a))
also be a component corporation of the corporation of which such
acquiring corporation is a component corporation.
"SEC. 741. ELECTION OF INCOME CREDIT.

"In addition to the corporations which under section 712 (a) may

elect the excess profits credit computed under section 713 or the excess

profits credit computed under section 714, a taxpayer which is an
acquiring corporation which was in existence on the date of the
beginning of its base period shall have such election.
"SEC. 742. AVERAGE BASE PERIOD NET INCOME.

"In the case of a taxpayer which is an acquiring corporation which

was actually in existence on the date of the beginning of its base

22
(PUB. SOL)

period, or which is entitled under section 741 to elect the excess profits
credit computed under section 713, its average base period net income
(for the purpose of the credit computed under section 713) shall be
computed as follows, in lieu of the method provided in section 713:
"(a) By ascertaining with respect to each of its base period years"(1) The amount of its excess profits net income for each of its
taxable years beginning after December 31, 1935, and ending with

or within such base period year; or, in the case of each such

taxable year in which the deductions plus the credit for dividends
received exceeded the gross income, the amount of such excess;
"(2) With respect to each of its qualified component corporations, the amount of its excess profits net income for each of its
taxable years beginning after December 31, 1935, and ending

with or within such base period year of the taxpayer; or, in

the case of each such taxable year in which the deductions plus
the credit for dividends received exceeded the gross income, the

amount of such excess:

"(3) (A) The aggregate of the amounts of excess profits net
income ascertained under paragraphs (1) and (2) (B) the
aggregate of the excesses ascertained under paragraphs (1) and
(2) and (C) the difference between the aggregates found under
clause (A) and clause (B). If the aggregate ascertained under

clause (A) is greater than the aggregate found under clause
(B), the difference shall for the purposes of subsection (b)
be designated a 'plus amount', and if the aggregate ascer-

tained under clause (B) is greater than the aggregate found under
clause (A), the difference shall for the purposes of subsection
(b) be designated a 'minus amount'.
'(b) By adding the plus amounts ascertained under subsection (a)
(3) for each year of the base period; and by subtracting from such
sum, if for two or more years of the base period there was a minus
amount, the sum of such minus amounts, excluding the greatest.
(c) By dividing the amount ascertained under subsection (b) by
four.

"(d) In no case shall the average base period net income be less
than zero. In the case of a taxpayer which becomes an acquiring
corporation in any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1939.
if, on September 11, 1940, and at all times until the taxpayer became
an acquiring corporation'(1) the taxpayer owned not less than 75 per centum of each
class of stock of each of the qualified component corporations
involved in the transaction in which the taxpayer became an
acquiring corporation: or
"(2) one of the qualified component corporations involved in
the transaction owned not less than 75 per centum of each class
of stock of the taxpayer, and of each of the other qualified component corporations involved in the transaction,
the average base period net income of the taxpayer shall not be
less than (A) the average base period net income of that one of the its
qualified component corporations involved in the transaction the

average base period net income of which is greatest, or (B)

average base period net income of the taxpayer computed without

23

(Pva. 801.)

regard to the base period net income of any of its qualified com-

ponent corporations involved in the transaction.

(e) For
section-

the purposes of subsection (a) (1) and (2) of this

"(1) There shall be excluded, in the various computations,
any dividends paid by the taxpayer or any of its qualified com-

ponent corporations during any of the taxable years of the
payor which are included in the computation of the taxpayer's
average base period net income. If the payor corporation is a

corporation described in subsection (f) (1) or (2) of this

section, the dividends to be excluded under this paragraph shall

be only such as are paid after such payor corporation first

became an acquiring corporation; and
"(2) In determining whether, for any taxable year, the deductions plus the credit for dividends received exceeded the gross

income, and in determining the amount of such excess, the
adjustments provided in section 711 (b) (1) shall be made.
"(f) (1) In the case of a taxpayer which is an acquiring corporation and which was not actually in existence on the date of the
beginning of its base period, there shall be excluded from the various
computations under subsection (a) (1) of this section the portion of
its excess profits net income, or of the excess over gross income therein
referred to, which is attributable to any period before it first became
an acquiring corporation.

"(2) In the case of a component corporation which became a
qualified component corporation only by reason of section 740 (f),
there shall be excluded from the various computations under subsection (a) (2) of this section the portion of its excess profits net
income, or of the excess over gross income therein referred to, which

is attributable
corporation.

to any period before it first became an acquiring

"(3) In the case of a qualified component corporation which was
actually in existence on the date of the beginning of the taxpayer's
base period, there shall be excluded from the various computations
under subsection (a) (2) of this section the portion of its excess
profits net income, or of the excess over gross income therein referred

to, which is attributable to the period before such date.
'(4) If during the taxable year for which tax is computed under
this subchapter the taxpayer acquires assets in a transaction which
constitutes it an acquiring corporation, the amount includible under
subsection (a) (2), attributable to such transaction. shall be limited
to an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount computed

without regard to this paragraph as the number of days in the

taxable year after such transaction bears to the total number of days

in such taxable year.

"SEC. 743. NET CAPITAL CHANGES.

(a) For the purposes of section 713 (c), upon the date of the
transaction which constitutes a corporation an acquiring corporation,

there shall be added to its daily capital addition or reduction for
such day, the net capital addition or reduction, as the case may be,
of each of the component corporations involved in such transaction,

24
[PUB-BILL

but no been
othermade
capital
addition
reduction
shall be considered
having
by reason
of or
such
transaction.
"(b) For the purposes of this section(1) In computing the net capital addition of each such

ponent corporation there shall be disregarded property paid comto
such corporation by the taxpayer or by any of its component in
corporations.

"(2) In computing the net capital reduction of each such
ponent corporation there shall be disregarded distributions made com-

to the taxpayer or to any of such component corporations.
"SEC. 744. FOREIGN CORPORATIONS

as

25

(Pen. 801.)

"SEC. 751. DETERMINATION OF PROPERTY PAID IN FOR STOCK AND
OF BORROWED CAPITAL IN CONNECTION WITH CER.
TAIN EXCHANGES

"(a) PROPERTY PAID IN FOR STOCK.-In the application of section
718 (a) to a transferee upon an exchange in determining the amount
paid in for stock of the transferee, or as paid-in surplus or as a contribution to capital of the transferee, in connection with such exchange,
only an amount shall be deemed to have been so paid in equal to the
excess of the basis in the hands of the transferee of the property of
the transferor received by the transferee upon the exchange over
the sum of-

"(1) Any liability of the transferor assumed upon such

"The term 'corporation' as used in this Supplement does not include
a foreign corporation.

exchange and any liability subject to which the property was
received upon such exchange. plus

"(2) The aggregate of the amount of money and the fair

"Supplement B-Highest Bracket Amount and Invested Capital
"SEC. 750. DEFINITIONS

"As used in this Supplement"(a) EXCHANGE-The term 'exchange' means an exchange, to which

section 112 (b) (4) or (5) or so much of section 112 (c), (d),
or (e) as refers to section 112 (b) (4) or (5), or to which a corresponding provision of a prior revenue law, is or was applicable, by

one corporation of its property wholly or in part for stock or

securities of another corporation, or a transfer of property by one

corporation to another corporation after December 31, 1917, the basis
of which in the hands of such other corporation is or was determined
under section 113 (a) (8) (B), or would have been so determined had

such section been in effect.

"(b) TRANSFEROR UPON AN EXCHANGE.-The term transferor upon
an exchange means a corporation which upon an exchange transfers

property to another corporation in exchange, wholly or in part, for
stock or securities of such other corporation, or transfers property
to another corporation after December 31, 1917, the basis of which in
the hands of such other corporation is or was determined under
section 113 (a) (8) (B), or would have been so determined had such

section been in effect.
"(c) TRANSFEREE UPON AN EXCHANGE-The term 'transferee upon
an exchange means a corporation which upon an exchange acquires

property from another corporation in exchange, wholly or in part.
for its stock or securities, or which acquires property from another

corporation after December 31, 1917, the basis of which in its hands
is or was determined under section 113 (a) (8) (B), or would have

been so determined had such section been in effect.

"(d) CONTROL-The term 'control' means the ownership of stock
possessing at least 90 per centum of the total combined voting power
of all classes of stock entitled to vote and at least 90 per centum of
the total value of shares of all classes of stock of the corporation.
"(e) HIGHEST BRACKET AMOUNT.-The term 'highest bracket
amount' means $500,000 or the highest bracket amount computed
under section 752, whichever is the smaller.

market value of any other property transferred to the transferor
not permitted to be received by such transferor without the recognition of gain.
(b) BORROWED CAPITAL-In the application of section 719 (a)
to a transferee upon an exchange, the term 'borrowed capital' shall
not include indebtedness originally evidenced by securities issued by
the transferee upon such exchange as consideration for the property
of the transferor received by the transferee upon such exchange if
(1) such securities were property permitted to be received by the
person to whom such securities were issued without the recognition
of gain and (2) the indebtedness originally evidenced by such securities did not arise out of indebtedness of the transferor (other than
indebtedness which in the transferor's hands was subject to the limitations of this subsection) assumed by the transferee in connection

with such exchange.

"SEC. 752. COMPUTATION OF HIGHEST BRACKET AMOUNT IN CON.
NECTION WITH EXCHANGES
"(a) SPECIAL APPLICATION OF DAILY INVESTED CAPITAL OF TRANS-

FEROR UPON EXCHANGE-For the purposes of this section, the daily
invested capital of a transferor upon an exchange for the day after
the exchange shall be the daily invested capital determined under
section 717 reduced by an amount equal to the amount by which the
equity invested capital of the transferee upon such exchange was
increased by reason of the receipt of property from such transferor

upon such exchange.
'(b) HIGHEST BRACKET AMOUNT OF TRANSFEROR.'(1) TAXABLE YEAR OF EXCHANGE-In the case of a transferor

upon an exchange after the beginning of its first taxable year
under this subchapter, its highest bracket amount for the taxable
year in which the exchange takes place shall be the sum of-

(A) Its highest bracket amount immediately preceding
the exchange multiplied by the number of days in the taxable year up to and including the day of the exchange, plus
"(B) Its highest bracket amount for the taxable year after

the exchange, multiplied by the number of days in the taxable
year remaining after the day of the exchange,
divided by the number of days in the taxable year.
PCR No.

26
[PUB,BOL]

(Pca.801.)

27

"(2) TAXABLE YEARS AFTER EXCHANGE INVOLVING CONTROL-In

the case of a transferor upon an exchange after the beginning of
its first taxable year under this subchapter, if immediately after
the exchange the transferor or its shareholders, or both, are in
control of the transferee, the transferor's highest bracket amount
for any taxable year after the taxable year in which the exchange

takes place shall be an amount which is a percentage of its
highest bracket amount immediately preceding the exchange
equal to the percentage which its daily invested capital for the

day after the exchange is of its daily invested capital for the
day of the exchange.
In the case of a transferor upon an exchange (other than a trans-

feror described in paragraph (4) of this subsection) after the

beginning of its first taxable year under this subchapter, if immediately after the exchange no transferor or its shareholders,
both, upon the exchange are in control of the transferee, and if
the shareholders of the transferee immediately preceding the
exchange are not in control of the transferee immediately after
the exchange, the transferor's highest bracket amount for any
taxable year after the exchange shall be the excess, if any, of the
sum of the transferor's highest bracket amount immediately preceding the exchange and the transferee's highest bracket amount
immediately preceding the exchange, over $500,000.

or

'(4) TAXABLE YEARS AFTER CERTAIN EXCHANGES UNDER SECTION

the first taxable year under this subchapter of any transferor or
transferee upon such exchange, involving two or more transferors,
or one or more transferors and one or more other persons, if
immediately after the exchange no one of such transferors, or its
shareholders, or both. and no one or more of such other persons

are in control of the transferee and if such exchange is an

exchange described in section 112 (b) (5) or so much of section
112 (c) or 112 (e) as refers to section 112 (b) (5), the highest
bracket amount of any such transferor for any taxable year after
the exchange shall be an amount equal to its highest bracket
amount immediately preceding the exchange'(A) Minus an amount which bears the same ratio to its
highest bracket amount immediately preceding the exchange
as the excess of its daily invested capital for the day of the
exchange over its daily invested capital for the day after
the exchange bears to its daily invested capital for the day
of the exchange, and

"(B) Plus an amount which bears the same ratio to the
excess over $500,000 of the sum of the amounts computed
under subparagraph (A) with respect to each transferor, as
the amount computed under subparagraph (A) with respect
to such transferor bears to the sum of the amounts computed
under such subparagraph with respect to each transferor.

'(c) HIGHEST BRACKET AMOUNT OF TRANSFERER."(1) TAXABLE YEAR OF EXCHANGE INVOLVING CONTROL.I the

case of a transferee upon an exchange after the beginning of the

"(A) Its highest bracket amount immediately preceding

the exchange multiplied by the number of days in the taxable
year up to and including the day of the exchange, plus
(B) Its highest bracket amount for the taxable year after
the exchange multiplied by the number of days in the taxable

year remaining after the day of the exchange,

divided by the number of days in the taxable For the

(3) TAXABLE YEARS AFTER EXCHANGE NOT INVOLVING CONTROL.-

112 (b) -In the case of an exchange after the beginning of

first taxable year under this subchapter of a transferor upon
such exchange the transferee's highest bracket amount for the
taxable
sum
of- year in which the exchange takes place shall be the

purposes of this paragraph and subsection (d) year. of this section
exchange includes a liquidation described in paragraph (5) of
this subsection, and such exchange shall be deemed to have taken
place on the day such liquidation was completed.
'(2) TAXABLE YEARS AFTER EXCHANGE INVOLVING CONTROL-In

the case of a transferee upon an exchange after the beginning of
the first taxable year under this subchapter of a transferor upon
such exchange, if immediately after the exchange any transferor
upon such exchange or its shareholders, or both, are in control
of the transferee, the transferee's highest bracket amount for any
taxable year after the exchange shall be an amount which is a
percentage of such transferor's highest bracket amount immediately preceding the exchange equal to the percentage which the
excess of the transferee's daily invested capital for the day after

the exchange over its daily invested capital for the day of the
exchange
is of such transferor's daily invested capital for the
day of the exchange.
"(3) TAXABLE YEARS AFTER EXCHANGE NOT INVOLVING CONTROL.-

In the case of a transferee upon an exchange (other than a trans-

feree described in paragraph (4) of this subsection) after the
beginning of the first taxable year under this subchapter of a
transferor upon such exchange, if immediately after the exchange

no transferor or its shareholders, or both, are in control of the
transferee, and if the shareholders of the transferee immediately

preceding the exchange are not in control of the transferee
immediately after the exchange, the transferee's highest bracket

amount for any taxable year after the exchange shall be an
amount equal to (A) the sum of the transferor's highest bracket
amount immediately preceding the exchange and the transferee's
highest bracket amount immediately preceding the exchange, or
(B) $500,000. whichever is the smaller.

'(4) TAXABLE YEARS AFTER CERTAIN EXCHANGES UNDER SECTION

112 (b) (5).-In the case of an exchange described in subsection
(b) (4) of this section, the highest bracket amount of the trans.
feree upon such exchange for any taxable year after the exchange
shall be an amount equal (A) to the sum of the amounts computed under subparagraph (A) of such subsection with respect
to each transferor or (B) $500,000. whichever is the smaller.
"(5) TAXABLE YEARS AFTER LIQUIDATION IN CASE OF CORPORATION

RECEIVING PROPERTY UNDER SECTION 112 (b) (6).-Upon the receipt

by a corporation during any taxable year under this subchapter
of property in complete liquidation of another corporation, gain

28

[Pts.BIL]

or loss upon which is not recognized by reason of section 112
(6), the highest bracket amount of the corporation receiving (b)
property for any taxable year after the liquidation is completed
shall be an amount equal to its highest bracket amount imme-

diately preceding the completion of the liquidation increased,
but in no case to an amount above $500,000, by an amount equal
to the highest bracket amount of such other corporation imme-

diately preceding the completion of such liquidation, if previously and after the beginning of the first taxable year under
this subchapter of the corporation receiving such property such
corporation was a transferor upon an exchange with respect to
which such other corporation was a transferee.
(d) HIGHEST BRACKET AMOUNT IN CASE OF Two OR MORE

EXCHANGES IN SAME TAXABLE YEAR.-

"(1) If a transferor upon an exchange is in the same taxable
year involved in more than one exchange (either as transferor
or transferee), its highest bracket amount for such taxable year
shall be the amount determined under subsection (b) (1) with
respect to the last exchange in such taxable year. Its highest
bracket amount immediately preceding any exchange in such
taxable year subsequent to the first exchange therein shall be the
amount computed under subsection (b) (1) with respect to the
immediately preceding exchange as if the taxable year closed
on the day of such subsequent exchange.
"(2) If a transferee upon an exchange is in the same taxable
year involved in more than one exchange (either as transferee
or transferor), its highest bracket amount for such taxable year
shall be the amount determined under subsection (c) (1) with
respect to the last exchange in such taxable year. Its highest
bracket amount immediately preceding any exchange in such
taxable year subsequent to the first exchange therein shall be the
amount computed under subsection (c) (1) with respect to the
immediately preceding exchange as if the taxable year closed on
the day of such subsequent exchange.
"(3) If a transferor or transferee upon an exchange is in the
same taxable year involved in more than one exchange (either
as transferor or transferee), its highest bracket amount for any
taxable year after the taxable year in which such exchanges took
place shall be the amount computed under subsection (b) (2),
(3), or (4), or (c) (2), (3), (4), or (5), as the case may be, with
respect to the last such exchange."

TITLE III-AMORTIZATION DEDUCTION
SEC. 301. ALLOWANCE OF AMORTIZATION DEDUCTION.

Section 23 of the Internal Revenue Code is amended by inserting
at the end thereof the following new subsection:
"(t) AMORTIZATION DEDUCTION.-The deduction for amortization
provided in section 124."
SEC. 302. COMPUTATION OF AMORTIZATION DEDUCTION.

The Internal Revenue Code is amended by inserting after section
123 the following new section:

(Pvs. 801.)

29

"SEC. 124. AMORTIZATION DEDUCTION.

"(a) GENERAL RULE-Every corporation, at its election, shall be

entitled to a deduction with respect to the amortization of the

adjusted basis of any emergency facility (as defined in subsection
(e)), based on a period of sixty months. Such amortization deduction shall be an amount, with respect to each month of such period
within the taxable year, equal to the adjusted basis of the facility
at the end of such month divided by the number of months (including the month for which the deduction is computed) remaining in
the period. Such adjusted basis at the end of the month shall be
computed without regard to the amortization deduction for such
month. The amortization deduction above provided with respect to
any month shall, except to the extent provided in subsection (g)

of this section, be in lieu of the deduction with respect to such
facility for such month provided by section 23 (1), relating to

exhaustion, wear and tear, and obsolescence. The sixty-month period
shall begin as to any emergency facility, at the election of the taxpayer, with the month following the month in which the facility was
completed or acquired, or with the succeeding taxable year.
"(b) ELECTION OF AMORTIZATION.-The election of the taxpayer

to take the amortization deduction and to begin the sixty-month
period with the month following the month in which the facility
was completed or acquired shall (except as provided in subsection
(d) (3)) be made only by a statement to that effect in its return for
the taxable year in which the facility was completed or acquired. Its
election to take the amortization deduction and to begin such period
with the taxable year succeeding such year shall be made only by a
statement to that effect in its return for such succeeding taxable year.
"(c) TERMINATION OF AMORTIZATION DEDUCTION.-A taxpayer

which has elected under subsection (b) to take the amortization
deduction provided in subsection (a) may, at any time after making such election, discontinue the amortization deductions with respect
to the remainder of the amortization period, such discontinuance to
begin as of the beginning of any month specified by the taxpayer
in a notice in writing filed with the Commissioner before the beginning of such month. The deduction provided under section 23 (1)

shall be allowed, beginning with the first month as to which the
amortization deduction is not applicable, and the taxpayer shall not
(except as provided in subsection (d)) be entitled to any further
amortization deductions with respect to such emergency facility.
(d) TERMINATION OF AMORTIZATION PERIOD.-

"(1) If the President has proclaimed the ending of the emergency period (as defined in subsection (e)), or if the Secretary
of War or the Secretary of the Navy has, in accordance with
regulations prescribed by the President, certified to the Commissioner that an emergency facility ceased, on the date specified

in the certificate, to be necessary in the interest of national defense

during the emergency period, and if the date of such. proclamation or the date specified in such certificate occurs within sixty

months from the beginning of the amortization period with

respect to such emergency facility, then the taxpayer may elect
(in accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection) to terminate the amortization period with respect to such emergency

30
[PUB,8013

facility as of the end of the month in which such proclamation
was issued or in which occurred the date specified in
certificate, whichever is the earlier. In such case the such
tion period with respect to such facility shall end with amortiza- the
end

of such month in lieu of the end of the sixty-month period.
"(2) If the date of the proclamation or the date specified
the certificate referred to in paragraph (1) of this subsection in
occurs within sixty months from the beginning of the amortiza.
tion period with respect to such emergency facility and after the
beginning of the month which the taxpayer has previously fixed
under subsection (c) for the taking, in lieu of the amortization
deduction provided in this section, of the deduction allowed by
section 23 (1), the taxpayer may elect (in accordance with
graph (4) of this subsection) to terminate the amortization paraperiod with respect to such emergency facility as of the end of
the month in which such proclamation was issued or in which
occurred the date specified in such certificate, whichever is the
earlier. In such case the amortization period with respect to
such facility shall end with the end of such month in lieu of the
end of the sixty-month period, and the termination of the amortization deduction under subsection (c) shall be disregarded.

"(3) In the case of a taxpayer which has not in either of its

returns specified in subsection (b) elected to take an amortization

deduction with respect to an emergency facility, if the date of
the proclamation or the date specified in the certificate, referred
to in paragraph (1) of this subsection, whichever is earlier, is
before the expiration of sixty months from the last day of the

month in which such emergency facility was completed or
acquired, then the taxpayer may elect (in accordance with para-

graph (4) of this subsection) the amortization deduction provided in subsection (a), using an amortization period beginning
with the month following the month in which the emergency
facility was completed or acquired and ending as of the end of
the month within which such proclamation was issued or within
which occurred the date specified in such certificate, whichever

is the earlier.

"(4) The election provided in paragraph (1), (2), or (3)

shall be made by filing with the Commissioner, in such manner,
in such form, and within such time, as the Commissioner with
the approval of the Secretary may by regulations prescribe, a

statement of such election. When such election has been so made,

then, under regulations prescribed by the Commissioner with
the approval of the Secretary, the taxes for all taxable years,
beginning with the taxable year in which the amortization period
began, shall be computed in accordance with an amortization
deduction computed in accordance with the method provided in
subsection (a), but using (in lieu of the sixty-month period
provided in such subsection) the amortization period specified
in paragraph (1), (2), or (3), as the case may be.
"(5) RECOMPUTATION OF TAX IN CASE OF ELECTION UNDER THIS

SUBSECTION.-If the adjustment of the income or excess-profits

(Pvs.801.)

31

tax liability for any taxable year necessary to give effect to
graph (4) of this subsection is prevented (A) on the date parathe certificate of the Secretary of War or the Secretary of the of
Navy or on the date of the President's proclamation, whichever
is the basis of the taxpayer's election under this subsection, or (B)
within one year from such date, by any provision of law (other

than this paragraph and other than section 3761, relating to
compromises), an adjustment of the tax liability shall neverthe-

less be made if in respect of such taxable year a notice of
deficiency is mailed or a claim for refund is filed, as the
may be, within one year after the date of such certificate or such case

proclamation, whichever is the basis of the taxpayer's election

under this subsection. If at the time of the mailing of such
notice of deficiency or the filing of such claim for refund, the
adjustment is so prevented, then the amount of the adjustment
authorized in this paragraph shall be limited to the increase
decrease in the tax previously determined for such taxable or
which results solely from the effect of paragraph (4) of year this
subsection, and such amount shall be assessed and collected, or
credited or refunded, in the same manner as if it were a deficiency
or an overpayment, as the case may be, for such taxable
and as if on the date of such certificate or such proclamation, year
whichever is the basis of the taxpayer's election under this subsection, one year remained before the expiration of the periods

of limitation upon assessment or filing claim for refund for the
taxable year. The tax previously determined shall be ascertained
in accordance with section 3801 (d). The amount to be assessed
and collected under this paragraph in the same manner as if it

were a deficiency, or to be refunded or credited in the same
manner as if it were an overpayment. shall not be diminished
by any credit or set-off based upon any item, inclusion, deduction,

credit, exemption, gain, or loss, other than one resulting from
the effect of paragraph (4) of this subsection. Such amount, if
paid, shall not be recovered by a claim or suit for refund or suit
for erroneous refund based upon any item, inclusion, deduction,

credit, exemption, gain, or loss, other than one resulting from

the effect of paragraph (4) of this subsection.
"(e) DEFINITIONS.-

(1) EMERGENCY FACILITY.-As used in this section, the term
"emergency facility means any facility, land, building, machinery, or. equipment, or part thereof, the construction, reconstruetion, erection, or installation of which was completed after June
10, 1940, or which was acquired after such date, and with respect
to which a certificate under subsection (f) has been made.
"(2) EMERGENCY PERIOD.-As used in this section, the term
'emergency period' means the period beginning June 10, 1940,
and ending on the date on which the President proclaims that
the utilization of a substantial portion of the emergency facilities
with respect to which certifications under subsection (f) have
defense. been made, is no longer required in the interest of national

32
[Pen.801.]

33

(PCB. 801.)

"(f) DETERMINATION OF ADJUSTED BASIS OF EMERGENCY FACILITY,-

"(A) A contract with the United States involving the use

In determining,
for the
purposes
of subsection
the
adjusted basis
of an
emergency
facility- (a) or subsection (h),

of the facility
cancellation,
or

"(1) There shall be included only so much of the amount

"(B) the taxpayer had reasonable grounds (either from
provisions of a contract with the United States involving the
use of the facility, or from written or oral representations
made under authority of the United States) for anticipating

otherwise constituting such adjusted basis as is properly attributable to such construction, reconstruction, erection, installation,
acquisition after June 10, 1940, as the Advisory Commission or
the Council of National Defense and either the Secretary of War to

or the Secretary of the Navy have certified, within the time
specified in paragraph (3) of this subsection, and under such

futurecontracts
contracts
involving
use of the facility, which
future
have
not beenthe
made.

"(2) In case the taxpayer is not entitled to any amortization
deduction with respect to the emergency facility the deduction
allowable under section 23 (1) on account of the month in which
such amount is so includible shall be increased by such amount,
but such deduction on account of such month shall not be in
excess of the adjusted basis of the emergency facility as of the
end of such month (computed without regard to any amount
allowable, on account of such month, under section 23 (1) or this
paragraph).

regulations as the President may prescribe, as necessary in the

interest of national defense during the emergency period;
"(2) After the completion or acquisition of any emergency
facility with respect to which a certificate under paragraph (1)
has been made, any expenditure (attributable to such facility

and to the period after such completion or acquisition) which does
not represent construction, reconstruction, erection, installation.

or acquisition included in such certificate, but with respect to
which a separate certificate is made under paragraph (1), shall
not be applied in adjustment of the basis of such facility and
shall be considered as an expenditure with respect to a new
emergency facility; and
"(3) The certificate provided for in paragraph (1) shall have
no effect unless made before whichever of the following dates is
the later: (A) The beginning of such construction, reconstruetion, erection, or installation, or the date of such acquisition, or
(B) the one hundred and twentieth day after the date of the
enactment of the Second Revenue Act of 1940.

"(i) PROTECTION OF THE UNITED STATES.-If the taxpayer has been

or will be reimbursed by the United States for all or a part of the
cost
of States,
any emergency
United
either- facility pursuant to any contract with the
"(1)
directly, by aorprovision therein dealing expressly with
such
reimbursement,
"(2) indirectly, because the price paid by the United States
(insofar as return of cost of the facility is used as a factor in the
fixing of such price) is recognized by the contract as including
a return of cost greater than the normal exhaustion, wear and
tear,

"(g) DEPRECIATION DEDUCTION.-If the adjusted basis of the emer-

gency facility computed without regard to subsection (f) of this
section is in excess of the adjusted basis computed under such subsection, the deduction provided by section 23 (1) shall, despite the
provisions of subsection (a) of this section, be allowed with respect
to such emergency facility as if its adjusted basis were an amount
equal to the amount of such excess.
"(h) PAYMENT BY UNITED STATES OF UNAMORTIZED COST OF
FACILITY.-If an amount is properly includible in the gross income of
the taxpayer on account of a payment with respect to an emergency
facility and such payment is certified as provided in this paragraph,
then, at the election of the taxpayer in its return for the taxable year
in which such amount is so includible"(1) The amortization deduction for the month in which such
amount is so includible shall (in lieu of the amount of the deduc-

tion for such month computed under subsection (a)) be the

amount so includible, but such deduction shall not be in excess of

the adjusted basis of the emergency facility as of the end of
such month (computed without regard to any amortization
deduction for such month). Payments referred to in this paragraph shall be payments the amounts of which are certified.
under such regulations as the President may prescribe, by either
the Secretary of War or the Secretary of the Navy as compensation to the taxpayer for the unamortized cost of the emergency
facility made because-

has been terminated by its terms or by

(

no amortization deduction with respect to such emergency facility
shall be allowed for any month after the end of the month in which
such contract is made, unless, before the expiration of ninety days
after the making of such contract or one hundred and twenty days
after the date of the enactment of the Second Revenue Act of 1940,
whichever of such periods expires the later, the Advisory Commission to the Council of National Defense, and either the Secretary of
War or the Secretary of the Navy certify to the Commissioner that
such contract adequately protects the United States with reference
to the future use and disposition of such emergency facility. A cer-

tificate by the Advisory Commission to the Council of National
Defense and either the Secretary of War or the Secretary of the
Navy, made to the Commissioner before the expiration of ninety

days after the making of a contract or one hundred and twenty days
after the date of the enactment of the Second Revenue Act of 1940.
whichever of such periods expires the later, to the effect that, under
such contract. reimbursement for all or a part of the cost of any
emergency facility is not provided for within the meaning of clause

(1) or clause
subsection

(2), shall be conclusive for the purposes of this

"The terms and conditions of contracts with reference to reimburse-

ment of the cost of emergency facilities and the protecting of the
United States with reference to the future use and disposition of
-uch emergency facilities shall be made available to the public."

34

(Pra.801.)

TITLE IV-SUSPENSION OF PROFIT-LIMITING

35

TITLE V-AMENDMENTS TO INTERNAL

PROVISIONS OF THE VINSON ACT AND

REVENUE CODE

CERTAIN
PROVISIONS
OF THE MERCHANT
MARINE
ACT,
1936

SEC. 501. EARNINGS AND PROFITS OF CORPORATIONS

SEC. 401. SUSPENSION
VINSON ACT.OF PROFIT-LIMITING PROVISIONS OF THE

(a) UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.-Section 115 of the Internal
new

Revenue subsections: Code is amended by inserting at the end thereof the following

The provisions of section 3 of the Act of March 27, 1934 (48
505: 34 U. S. C., sec. 496), as amended, beginning with the Stat. first

proviso thereof, and section 2 (b) of the Act of June 28,

(Public, Numbered 671, Seventy-sixth Congress, third session), shall 1940

not apply to contracts or subcontracts for the construction or manyfacture of any complete naval vessel or any Army or Navy aircraft,
or any portion thereof. which are entered into in any taxable
to which the excess profits tax provided in subchapter E of Chapter year

2 of the Internal Revenue Code is applicable or would be applicable
if the contractor or subcontractor, as the case may be, were a corporation, and any agreement to pay into the Treasury profit in excess
of 10 per centum, 12 per centum, or 8 per centum, as the case may
be, of the contract prices of any such contracts or subcontracts shall
be without effect. This section shall also apply to such contracts or
subcontracts which were entered into before the date of the beginning of the contractor's or subcontractor's first taxable year which
begins in 1940 and which are not completed before such date.
SEC. 402. SUSPENSION OF PROFIT-LIMITING PROVISIONS OF THE
MERCHANT MARINE ACT, 1936, AS TO CERTAIN SUBCONTRACTS.

(a) The provisions of section 505 (b) of the Merchant Marine Act
of 1936, as amended, shall not apply to any subcontract which would
otherwise be within such provisions if such subcontract is entered
into in any taxable year of the subcontractor to which Subchapter E
of Chapter 2 of the Internal Revenue Code is applicable and if the
principal contractor and the subcontractor between which such subcontract is entered into are not affiliated within the meaning of subsection (b) of this section at the time such subcontract is entered into
or at any time thereafter up to and including the date of its comple-

tion: and any agreement, pursuant to which the subcontractor is
required to pay to the United States Maritime Commission profit in

excess of 10 per centum of the contract price of any such subcontract
or pursuant to which such an agreement is required to be obtained
from such subcontractor relative to such subcontract, shall be without

effect. This subsection shall apply only if both the principal

contractor and the subcontractor are corporations.
(b) For the purposes of this section, two or more corporations shall
be deemed to be affiliated (1) if one corporation owns at least 95 per

centum of the stock of the other or others, or (2) if at least 95 per
centum of the stock of two or more corporations is owned by the
same interests, As used in this subsection, the term "stock" does not
include nonvoting stock which is limited and preferred as to dividends.

"(I) EFFECT ON EARNINGS AND PROFITS OF GAIN OR Loss AND
RECEIPT OF TAX-FREE DISTRIBUTIONS.-The gain or loss realized from OF

athe
corporationsale or other disposition (after February 1913) of property by
"(1) for the purpose of the computation of earnings and profits
of the corporation, shall be determined, except as provided in
paragraph (2), by using as the adjusted basis the adjusted basis
(under the law applicable to the year in which the sale or other
disposition was made) for determining gain, except that no regard
but shall be had to the value of the property as of March 1, 1913:
"(2) for the purpose of the computation of earnings and profits
of the corporation for any period beginning after February 28,
1913, shall be determined by using as the adjusted basis the
adjusted basis (under the law applicable to the year in which
the sale or other disposition was made) for determining gain.
Gain or loss so realized shall increase or decrease the earnings and
profits to, but not beyond, the extent to which such a realized gain or
loss was recognized in computing net income under the law applicable

to the year in which such sale or disposition was made. Where in
determining the adjusted basis used in computing such realized gain
or loss the adjustment to the basis differs from the adjustment proper
for the purpose of determining earnings CT profits, then the latter
adjustment shall be used in determining the increase or decrease above

provided. Where a corporation receives (after February 28. 1913)

a distribution from a second corporation which (under the law
applicable to the year in which the distribution was made) was not a
taxable dividend to the shareholders of the second corporation, the

amount of such distribution shall not increase the earnings and
profits of the first corporation in the following cases:
"(1) No such increase shall be made in respect of the part
of such distribution which (under such law) is directly applied
in reduction
of made.
the basis of the stock in respect of which the
distribution
was
"(2) No such increase shall be made if (under such law) the
distribution causes the basis of the stock in respect of which
the distribution was made to be allocated between such stock
and the property received.
"(m) EARNINGS AND PROFTTS-INCREASE IN VALUE ACCRUED BEFORE
MARCH
1, 1913.-

"(1) If any increase or decrease in the earnings or profits for
any period beginning after February 28, 1913. with respect to

any matter would be different had the adjusted basis of the
property involved been determined without regard to its March
1. 1913, value, then. except as provided in paragraph (2). an

36
(PUB.BOL)

increase (properly reflecting such difference) shall be made
that
of the earnings
and profits
valuepart
of property
accrued before
Marchconsisting
1, 1913. of increase in

"(2) If the application of subsection (1) to a sale or other
disposition after February 28, 1913, results in a loss which is to
be applied in decrease of earnings and profits for any period

beginning after February 28, 1913, then, notwithstanding subsection (1) and in lieu of the rule provided in paragraph (1) of this
subsection, the amount of such loss so to be applied shall be
reduced by the amount, if any, by which the adjusted basis of
the property used in determining the loss, exceeds the adjusted
basis computed without regard to the value of the property on

March 1, 1913, and if such amount so applied in reduction of

the decrease exceeds such loss, the excess over such loss shall

increase that part of the earnings and profits consisting of

increase in value of property accrued before March 1, 1913.
(b) EFFECTIVE DATE OF AMENDMENT-The amendment made by
subsection
(a) shall be applicable to taxable years beginning after
December 31, 1938.

(c) UNDER PRIOR Acts.-For the purposes of the Revenue Act of
1938 or any prior Revenue Act the amendments made to the Internal
Revenue Code by subsection (a) of this section shall be effective as

in

(Pen.801.)

37

"SEC. 393. SUPPLEMENT S NET INCOME

"For the purposes of this chapter 'Supplement S net income' means

the net income, except that there shall be allowed as additional
deductions"(a) The
income tax payable under this chapter for the
taxable
year;Federal
and
"(b) In lieu of the deduction allowed by section 23 (q), contributions or gifts, payment of which is made within the taxable year, to
or for the use of donees described in section 23 (q) for the purposes
therein specified, to an amount which does not exceed 15 per centum
of the corporation's net income, computed without the benefit of this
subsection and section 23 (q).
"SEC. 394. CORPORATION INCOME TAXED TO SHAREHOLDERS

"(a) GENERAL RULE-The undistributed Supplement S net income
of a personal service corporation shall be included in the gross income

of the shareholders in the manner and to the extent set forth in this

Supplement.

'(b) AMOUNT INCLUDED IN GROSS INCOME-Eac shareholder who,

if they were a part of each such Revenue Act on the date of its
enactment. Nothing in this subsection shall affect the tax liability
of any taxpayer for any year which, on September 20, 1940, was
pending before, or was theretofore determined by, the Board of Tax

on the last day of the taxable year of the corporation, was a shareholder in such corporation shall include in his gross income, as a
dividend, for the taxable year in which or with which the taxable
year of the corporation ends, the amount he would have received as a
dividend if on such last day there had been distributed by the corpo-

SEC. 502. TAX OF SHAREHOLDERS OF PERSONAL SERVICE CORPO-

tributed Supplement S net income of the corporation for its taxable
year.

The Internal Revenue Code is amended by inserting after section
373 the following new Supplement:

MENTALITIES.-Each such shareholder shall be allowed a credit against
net income, for the purposes of the tax imposed by section 11, 13, 14.
201, 204. 207, or 362, of his proportionate share of the interest specified

Appeals, or any court of the United States.
RATIONS.

ration, and received by the shareholders, an amount equal to the undis"(e) CREDIT OBLIGATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES AND ITS INSTRU-

"Supplement S-Tax of Shareholders of Personal Service
Corporations
"SEC. 391. APPLICABILITY OF SUPPLEMENT.

"If a personal service corporation (as defined in section 725) is
exempt under such section for any taxable year from the excess profits

tax imposed by such subehapter, the provisions of this Supplement
shall be applicable with respect to each shareholder of such corporation who was a shareholder in such corporation on the last day of such
taxable year of the corporation.
"SEC. 392. UNDISTRIBUTED SUPPLEMENT S NET INCOME.

"For the purposes of this chapter, the term 'undistributed Supplement S net income' means the Supplement S net income (as defined

in section 393) minus the amount of the dividends paid during the

taxable year. For the purposes of this section the amount of dividends
paid shall be computed in the same manner as provided in subsections

(d), (e), (f), (g), (h), and (i) of section 27 for the purpose of the
basic surtax credit provided in section 27.

in section 25 (a) (1) or (2) which is included in the gross income

of the corporation.

"(d) EFFECT ON CAPITAL ACCOUNT OF PERSONAL SERVICE CORPORA-

TION.-An amount equal to the undistributed Supplement S net
income of the personal service corporation for its taxable year shall be
considered as paid in as of the close of such taxable year as paid-in
surplus or as a contribution to capital, and the accumulated earnings
and profits as of the close of such taxable year shall be correspondingly reduced, if such amount or any portion thereof is required to be
included as a dividend in the gross income of the shareholders
"(e) BASIS OF STOCK IN HANDS OF SHAREHOLDERS.-The amount
required to be included in the gross income of the shareholder under

subsection (b) shall, for the purpose of adjusting the basis of his
stock with respect to which the distribution would have been made
(if it had been made), be treated as having been reinvested by the
shareholder as a contribution to the capital of the corporation; but
only to the extent to which such amount is included in his gross income

in his return, increased or decreased by any adjustment of such
amount in the last determination of the shareholder's tax liability,
made before the expiration of seven years after the date prescribed
by law for filing the return,

38
39

(Pra. 801.)

'(f) PERIOD OF LIMITATION ON ASSESSMENT AND COLLECTION.-For

period of limitation on assessment and collection without

alien individual shall be allowed as a credit against his tax the

in the case of failure to include in gross income the amount assessment. properly

amount required by section 396 to be paid by the personal service
corporation
of which he is a shareholder with respect to his tax
liability under Supplement S.".

includible therein under subsection (b), see section 275 (d).

"SEC. 395. NONRESIDENT
ALIEN INDIVIDUALS AND FOREIGN COR.
PORATIONS.

"In the case of a shareholder taxable under section 211 (a) or
231 (a), his distributive share of the undistributed Supplement S
net income of the corporation required to be included in the
incomethe
shallUnited
be considered
within
States. as a dividend received by him from sources gross
"SEC. 396. SHAREHOLDER'S TAX PAID BY CORPORATION.

"If a personal service corporation is exempt for any taxable year
under section 725 from excess profits tax, it shall, at the time of filing
its return, pay to the collector an amount equal to the amount that
would be required by section 143 (b) or section 144 to be deducted

and withheld by the corporation if any amount required by this

Supplement to be included in the gross income of the shareholder
had been, on the last day of the taxable year of the corporation, paid
to the shareholder in cash as a dividend. Such amount shall be collected and paid in the same manner as the amount of tax due in
excess of that shown by the taxpayer upon a return in the case of
a mathematical error appearing on the face of the return."
SEC. 503. STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS IN CASE OF CONSTRUCTIVE
DIVIDENDS.

Section 275 (d) of the Internal Revenue Code (relating to statute
of limitations) is amended to read as follows:
"(d) CONSTRUCTIVE DIVIDENDS.-If the taxpayer omits from gross
income an amount properly includible therein'(1) FOREIGN PERSONAL-HOLDING COMPANIES-Under section

337 (b) (relating to the inclusion in the gross income of United
States shareholders of their distributive shares of the undistributed Supplement P net income of a foreign personal-holding
company) or
"(2) PERSONAL SERVICE CORPORATIONS.-Under section 394 (b)

(relating to the inclusion in the gross income of shareholders
of their distributive shares of undistributed Supplement S net
income of a personal service corporation)
the tax may be assessed, or a proceeding in court for the collection
of such tax may be begun without assessment, at any time within
seven years after the return was filed."
SEC. 504. CREDIT OF NONRESIDENT ALIEN OF TAX AS SHAREHOLDER IN PERSONAL SERVICE CORPORATION.

Section 216 of the Internal Revenue Code (relating to credit
against tax of a nonresident alien individual) is amended by adding
at the end thereof a new sentence to read as follows: "A nonresident

SEC. 505. CREDIT OF FOREIGN CORPORATION OF TAX AS SHARE.
HOLDER IN PERSONAL SERVICE CORPORATION.

Section 234 of the Internal Revenue Code (relating to credits
against tax of foreign corporations) is amended by adding at the
end thereof a new sentence to read as follows: "A foreign corporation shall be allowed as a credit against its tax the amount required
by section 396 to be paid by the personal service corporation of
which it is a shareholder with respect to its tax liability under
Supplement S.".
SEC. 506. CHANGE OF NAME OF EXISTING EXCESS-PROFITS TAX.

(a) Subchapter B of Chapter 2 of the Internal Revenue Code is
amended, effective February 10, 1939, by striking out, in the head-

ing of such subchapter, "EXCESS-PROFITS TAX" and inserting in lieu thereof "DECLARED VALUE EXCESS-PROFITS

TAX", and by striking out, in the first paragraph of section 600 of
such subchapter, "excess-profits tax" and inserting in lieu thereof
"declared value excess-profits tax"
(b) Section 23 (c) (1) of the Internal Revenue Code (relating to
taxes not deductible in computing net income) is amended, effective
February 10, 1939, to read as follows:

"(1) Federal income, war-profits, and excess-profits taxes (other
than the excess-profits tax imposed by section 106 of the Revenue
Act of 1935 (49 Stat. 1019), or by section 602 of the Revenue Act of
1938 (52 Stat. 567), and other than the declared value excess-profits

tax imposed by section 600)

SEC. 507. PUBLICITY OF RETURNS OF SUBCHAPTER E EXCESS
PROFITS TAX.

Section 55 (a) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code is amended by
striking out "Subchapters A, B, and D of Chapter 2" and inserting
in lieu thereof "Subchapters A, B, D, and E of Chapter 2".
SEC. 508. TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS
(a) LIMITATION ON ASSESSMENT AND COLLECTION.-Section 3312 of

the Internal Revenue Code (relating to period of limitation on assessment and collection of taxes) is amended by striking out "Except in

the case of income, estate, and gift taxes" and inserting in lieu
thereof "Except in the case of income, war-profits, excess-profits,

estate, and gift taxes"
(b) ABATEMENT, CREDIT, AND REFUND OF TAXES-Section 3770 (a)

(1) of the Internal Revenue Code (relating to authority to abate,
credit, or refund tax) is amended by striking out "Except as otherwise provided by law in the case of income, estate, and gift taxes"
and inserting in lieu thereof "Except as otherwise provided by law
in the case of income, war-profits, excess-profits, estate, and gift taxes".

40
[Pca,801.]

TITLE VI-NATIONAL SERVICE LIFE INSUR.
ANCE ANDRETIREMENT
PROVISIONS
AFFECTING THE
RAILROAD
BOARD
Part I-National Service Life Insurance
SEC. 601. When used in this part-

(a) The term "person" means (1) a commissioned officer; (2)
warrant officer; (3) enlisted personnel (including persons selected a
for training and service under the Selective Training and
Service

41

(d) Any person who has been commissioned, or examined, accepted,
and enrolled, in the active service and is in such active service on the
date of enactment of this Act shall be granted such insurance
application therefor in writing (made within one hundred and twenty upon
days after the date of enactment of this Act and before discharge
resignation from such active service), and upon payment of premiums or
and
evidence satisfactory to the Administrator showing such person
to be in good health at the time of such application.

(e) The premium rates for such insurance shall be the net rates
based upon the American Experience Table of Mortality and interest

Act of 1940) (4) a member of the Army Nurse Corps (female):

at the rate of 3 per centum per annum. All cash, loan, paid and

(b) Affairs;
The term "Administrator" means the Administrator of Vet.
erans

extended values, and all other calculations in connection with up, such

and (5) a member of the Navy Nurse Corps (female)

(c) The term "active service" means active service in the land or
naval forces (including the Coast Guard) of the United States and
service in the land or naval forces of the United States under the
Selective Training and Service Act of 1940, but the service of any
person ordered to active duty in any such force for a period of thirty
days or less, shall not be deemed to be active service in such force
during such period;
(d) The term "insurance" means National Service Life Insurance:
(e) The term "child" includes an adopted child.
SEC. 602. (a) Every person who is commissioned and hereafter
ordered into, or who is hereafter examined, accepted, and enrolled in,
the active service and while in such active service shall, upon application in writing (made within one hundred and twenty days after
entrance into such active service) and payment of premiums as hereinafter provided and without further medical examination, be granted
insurance on the five-year level premium term plan by the United
States against the death of such person occurring while such insurance
is in force.

(b) Any person who is released from active service within one
hundred and twenty days after such enrollment shall be granted such

insurance upon application therefor in writing (made within one
hundred and twenty days after a subsequent enrollment or entrance
into active service and before discharge or resignation therefrom),

and upon payment of premiums and evidence satisfactory to the
Administrator showing such person to be in good health at the time

of such application.
(c) Any person upon reenlistment or reentrance into or reemployment in active service and before discharge or resignation therefrom
and any person in the active service upon discharge to accept a com-

mission and before resignation therefrom, shall be granted such
insurance upon application therefor in writing (made within one
hundred and twenty days following such reenlistment, reentrance,
reemployment, or discharge to accept a commission), and upon pay-

ment of premiums and evidence satisfactory to the Administrator
showing such person to be in good health at the time of such

application.

insurance, shall be based upon said American Experience Table of
Mortality and interest at the rate of 3 per centum per annum.
(f) Such insurance shall be issued upon the five year level premium
term plan, with the privilege of conversion as of the date when any
premium becomes or has become due, or exchange as of the date of
the original policy, upon payment of the difference in reserve, at
time after such policy has been in effect for one year and within any the

five year term period, to policies of insurance upon the following
plans: Ordinary life, twenty payment life, thirty payment life. All
five year level premium term policies shall cease and terminate at the

expiration of the five year term period. Provisions for cash, loan,
paid up, and extended values, dividends from gains and savings,
refund of unearned premiums, and such other provisions as may be
found to be reasonable and practicable, may be provided for in the
policy
insurance or from time to time by regulations promulgated
by
the of
Administrator.
(g) The insurance shall be payable only to a widow, widower, child
(including a stepchild or an illegitimate child if designated as benefi-

ciary by the insured), parent (including person in loco parentis if
designated as beneficiary by the insured), brother or sister of the
insured. The insured shall have the right to designate the beneficiary
or beneficiaries of the insurance, but only within the classes herein
provided, and shall, subject to regulations, at all times have the right
to change the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such insurance without
the consent of such beneficiary or beneficiaries but only within the
classes herein provided.

(h) Such insurance shall be payable in the following manner:
(1) If the beneficiary to whom payment is first made is under
thirty years of age at the time of maturity, in two hundred and
forty equal monthly installments,
(2) If the beneficiary to whom payment is first made is thirty
or more years of age at the time of maturity, in equal monthly
installments for one hundred and twenty months certain, with
such
payments continuing during the remaining lifetime of such
beneficiary.

(3) Any installments certain of insurance remaining unpaid
at the death of any beneficiary shall be paid in equal monthly
installments in an amount equal to the monthly installments paid

to the first beneficiary, to the person or persons then in being

42
[PUB.801.]

within
classes hereinafter
specified
in theorderorder named.
unlessthe
designated
by the insured
in a and
different

(A) to the widow or widower of the insured, if
if no widow
or in
widower,
to the child or children living: of
the(B)
insured,
if living,
equal shares;

(C) if no widow, widower, or child, to the parent or

parents of the insured, if living, in equal shares;
(D) if no widow, widower, child, or parent, to the brothers
and sisters of the insured, if living, in equal shares.
(i) If no beneficiary is designated by the insured or if the desig.
nated beneficiary does not survive the insured, the beneficiary shall
be determined in accordance with the order specified in subsection
(h) (3) of this section and the insurance shall be payable in equal
monthly installments in accordance with subsection (h) (1) or (2),
as the case may be. The right of any beneficiary to payment of any

installments shall be conditioned upon his or her being alive to
receive such payments. No person shall have a vested right to any
installment or installments of any such insurance and any install.
ments not paid to a beneficiary during such beneficiary's lifetime
shall be paid to the beneficiary or beneficiaries within the permitted
class next entitled to priority, as provided in subsection (h).
(j) No installments of such insurance shall be paid to the heirs
or legal representatives as such of the insured or of any beneficiary,
and in the event that no person within the permitted class survives

to receive the insurance or any part thereof no payment of the
unpaid installments shall be made.

(k) When the amount of an individual monthly payment is less
than $5. such amount may, in the discretion of the Administrator.
be allowed to accumulate without interest and be disbursed annually.
(1) Any payments of insurance made to a person represented by
the insured to be within the permitted class of beneficiaries shall be
deemed to have been properly made and to satisfy fully the obligation

of the United States under such insurance policy to the extent of

43

become effective prior to the date of application therefor: except
that, in the discretion of the Administrator, it may be made effective at any time within a period of not more than six months prior
to such date but in no event prior to the first day of the seventh
month of such continuous disability. Any premiums tendered to

cover a period during which such waiver is effective shall be refunded.
The Administrator shall provide by regulations for reexaminations
of beneficiaries under this subsection and, in the event that it is
found that an insured is no longer totally disabled, the waiver of
premiums shall cease as of the date of such finding and the policy of
insurance may be continued by payment of premiums as provided
in said policy. Premium rates shall be calculated without charge

for the cost of the waiver of premiums herein provided and
deduction
thereof.

from benefits otherwise payable shall be made on account no

(o) The Administrator shall promptly determine and publish the
terms and conditions of such insurance. Pending the promulgation
of the terms and conditions of the five year level premium term
policy and the printing of such policy, the Administrator may issue
a certificate in lieu thereof as evidence that insurance has been granted
and the rights and liabilities of the applicant and of the United States
shall be those specified by the terms and conditions of the policy when
published.

(p) Such insurance may be made effective, as specified in the appli-

cation, not later than the first day of the calendar month following
the date of application therefor, but the United States shall not be

liable thereunder for death occurring prior to such effective date.
(q) Such insurance shall be issued in any multiple of $500 and the
amount
of such insurance with respect to any one person shall be
not less than $1,000 or more than $10,000.

SEC. 603. No person may carry a combined amount of National
Service Life Insurance and United States Government life insurance

such payments.

in excess of $10,000 at any one time.

(m) The Administrator shall, by regulations, prescribe the time
and method of payment of the premiums on such insurance, but
payments of premiums in advance shall not be required for periods

SEC. 604. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated, out of any
money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may
be necessary to carry out the provisions of this part, to be known as
the National Service Life Insurance appropriation, for the payment of

of more than one month each, and may at the election of the insured
be deducted from his active service pay or be otherwise made.
(n) Upon application by the insured and under such regulations
as the Administrator may promulgate, payment of premiums on
such insurance may be waived during continuous total disability of
the insured which commenced subsequent to the effective date of such
insurance and which has existed for six consecutive months or more

prior to the attainment by the insured of the age of sixty years,
effective as of the due date of the monthly premium becoming pay- of

able on or after the first day of the seventh consecutive month
such disability: Provided, That application for waiver is made while
the insurance is currently kept in force by the payment of premiums,
and the insured furnishes proof satisfactory to the Administrator for
showing that he is and has been continuously totally disabled Any

six or more months prior to attaining sixty years of age.

waiver granted by the Administrator under this subsection shall not

liabilities under National Service Life Insurance. Payments from

thisthe
appropriation
shall be made upon and in accordance with awards
by
Administrator.
SEC. 605. (a) There is hereby created in the Treasury a permanent
trust fund to be known as the National Service Life Insurance Fund.
All premiums paid on account of National Service Life Insurance
shall be deposited and covered into the Treasury to the credit of such
fund, which, together with interest earned thereon, shall be available
of for the payment of liabilities under such insurance, including payment

dividends and refunds of unearned premiums. Payments from

Administrator. this fund shall be made upon and in accordance with awards by the

(b) The Administrator is authorized to set aside out of such fund
such reserve amounts as may be required under accepted actuarial
principles, to meet all liabilities under such insurance; and the Secretary of the Treasury is hereby authorized to invest and reinvest such

44
(Pes.801.)

fund, or any part thereof, in interest-bearing obligations of the United

States or in obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest

the United
such
fund. States, and to sell such obligations for the purposes by of
SEC. 606. The United States shall bear the cost of administration in
connection with this part, including expenses for medical examina.
tions, printing and binding, and for such other expenditures as are
necessary in the discretion of the Administrator. The appropriations
made for the Veterans' Administration for the fiscal year 1941 for
administrative expenses shall be available for the payment of such
costs of administration under this part.
SEC. 607. (a) The United States shall bear the excess mortality cost
and the cost of waiver of premiums on account of total disability
traceable to the extra hazard of military or naval service, as such
hazard may be determined by the Administrator.
(b) Whenever benefits under such insurance become payable
because of the death of the insured as the result of disease or injury
traceable to the extra hazard of military or naval service, as such
hazard may be determined by the Administrator, the liability for
payment of such benefits shall be borne by the United States in an
amount which, when added to the reserve of the policy at the time of
death of the insured, will equal the then value of such benefits under
such policy. The Administrator is authorized and directed to transfer from time to time from the National Service Life Insurance appropriation to the National Service Life Insurance Fund such sums as
may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.
(c) Whenever the premiums under such insurance are waived as
provided in section 602 (n) because of the total disability of the
insured as the result of disease or injury traceable to the extra hazard
of military or naval service, as such hazard may be determined by the
Administrator, the premiums so waived shall be paid by the United
States and the Administrator is authorized and directed to transfer
from time to time an amount equal to the amount of such premiums

from the National Service Life Insurance appropriation to the

National Service Life Insurance Fund.
SEC. 608. The Administrator, subject to the general direction of the
President, shall administer, execute and enforce the provisions of this
part, shall have power to make such rules and regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of this part, as are necessary or appropriate
to carry out its purposes, and shall decide all questions arising hereunder. All officers and employees of the Veterans Administration
shall perform such duties in connection with the administration of this
part as may be assigned to them by the Administrator. All official
acts performed by such officers or employees designated therefor by
the Administrator shall have the same force and effect as though
performed by the Administrator in person. Except in the event of
suit as provided in section 617 hereof, all decisions rendered by the
Administrator under the provisions of this part, or regulations issued
pursuant thereto, shall be final and conclusive on all questions of law
and fact, and no other official or court of the United States shall have
jurisdiction to review by motion or otherwise any such decision.
SEC. 609. (a) There shall be no recovery of payments made under
this part from any person who, in the judgment of the Administrator,

45

C is without fault on his part and where, in the judgment of the said

Administrator, such recovery would defeat the purpose of benefits
otherwise authorized herein or would be against equity and good
conscience. No disbursing officer or certifying officer shall be held
liable
forisany
amount
paid
to section.
any person where the recovery of such
amount
waived
under
this

(b) Where, under the provisions of this section. the recovery of a
payment made from the National Service Life Insurance Fund is

waived, the National Service Life Insurance Fund shall be reimbursed
for
the amount
ofLife
suchInsurance.
payment from the current appropriation for
National
Service
SEC. 610. No State law providing for presumption of death shall be
applicable to claims for National Service Life Insurance If evidence
satisfactory to the Administrator is produced establishing the fact of
the continued and unexplained absence of any individual from his
home and family for a period of seven years, during which period

no evidence of his existence has been received, the death of such indi-

vidual as of the date of the expiration of such period may, for the

purposes of this part, be considered as sufficiently proved.
SEC. 611. No United States Government life insurance shall be
granted hereafter to any person under the provisions of section 300
of the World War Veterans' Act, 1924, as amended: Provided, That

this section shall not be construed to prohibit the issue of United
States Government life insurance policies in cases in which acceptable
applications accompanied by proper and valid remittances or author-

izations for the payment of premiums have, prior to the date of

enactment of this Act, been received by the Veterans' Administration
or which have, prior to said date, been placed in the mails properly
directed to said Veterans' Administration, or been delivered to an
authorized representative of the War Department, the Navy Department, or the Coast Guard, and which are forwarded to the Veterans'
Administration
not later than one hundred and twenty days subsequent to said date.

SEC. 612. Any person guilty of mutiny, treason, spying, or desertion, or who, because of conscientious objections, refuses to perform
service in the land or naval forces of the United States or refuses

to wear the uniform of such force, shall forfeit all rights to insurance under this part. No insurance shall be payable for death
inflicted as a lawful punishment for crime or for military or naval

offense, except when inflicted by an enemy of the United States: but
the cash surrender value, if any, of such insurance on the date of
such death shall be paid to the designated beneficiary, if living, or
otherwise to the beneficiary or beneficiaries within the permitted class

in accordance with the order specified in section 602 (h) (3).

SEC. 613. Whoever in any claim for insurance issued under the
provisions of this part makes any sworn statement of a material fact

knowing it to be false, shall be guilty of perjury and shall, upon

conviction thereof, be punished by a fine of not more than $5,000, or
by imprisonment
and
imprisonment. for not more than two years, or by both such fine

SEC. 614. Whoever, with intent to defraud the United States or any
beneficiary of such insurance, shall obtain or receive any money or
check for National Service Life Insurance without being entitled to

46

(Pus.801.)

the same, shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by a fine of
more
than
$2,000,
or by
imprisonment for not more than one year, not
by both
such
fine and
imprisonment.

SEC. 615. Any person who shall knowingly make or cause to
made, or conspire, combine, aid, or assist in, agree to, arrange be
or in any wise procure the making or presentation of a false for,
fraudulent affidavit, declaration, certificate, statement, voucher, or
paper, or writing purporting to be such, concerning any application or
for insurance or reinstatement thereof, waiver of premiums or claim
for benefits under National Service Life Insurance for himself or
other person, shall, upon conviction thereof, be punished by a fine any of

not more than $1,000, or imprisonment for not more than one
or by both such fine and imprisonment.

year,

SEC. 616. The provisions of Public Law Numbered 262, Seventy.
fourth Congress, approved August 12, 1935 (49 Stat. 607), and titles

II and III of Public Law Numbered 844, Seventy-fourth Congress,
approved
June
29, provisions
1936 (49 Stat.
2031),
insofar as they are applicable,
shall
apply
to the
of this
part.

SEC. 617. In the event of a disagreement as to claim arising under

this part, suit may be brought in the same manner and subject to

the same conditions and limitations as are applicable to United States
Government (converted) life insurance under the provisions of seetions 19 and 500 of the World War Veterans' Act, 1924, as amended:

Provided, That in any such suit the decision of the Administrator
as to waiver or non-waiver of premiums under section 602 (n) shall
be conclusive and binding on the court.
SEC. 618. This part may be cited as the "National Service Life
Insurance Act of 1940".

Part II-Crediting Military Service for Annuity Purposes
Under the Railroad Retirement Acts

SEC. 625. The Act entitled "An Act to amend an Act entitled 'An
Act to establish a retirement system for employees of carriers subject
to the Interstate Commerce Act, and for other purposes', approved
August 29, 1935," approved June 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 307), is hereby
amended by inserting after section 3 the following new section:
"MILITARY SERVICE

"SEC. 3A. (a) For the purposes of determining eligibility for an
annuity and computing an annuity, including a minimum annuity,
there shall also be included in an individual's years of service, within

the limitations hereinafter provided in this section, voluntary or
involuntary military service of an individual prior to January 1, 1937,
within or without the United States during any war service period:
Provided, however, That such military service shall be included only
subject to and in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of
section 3, in the same manner as though military service were service
rendered as an employee: Provided further, That an individual who
entered military service prior to a war service period shall not be
regarded as having been in military service in a war service period
with respect to any part of the period for which he entered such
military service.

47

"(b) For the purpose of this section and section 202, as amended,
an individual shall be deemed to have been in 'military service'
commissioned or enrolled in the active service of the land or naval when
forces of the United States and until resignation or discharge therefrom; and the service of any individual in any reserve component of

the land or naval forces of the United States who was ordered to
active duty in any such force for a period of thirty days or less shall
be deemed to have been active service in such force during such
period.
(e) For the purpose of this section and section 202, as amended,

a war service period' shall mean (1) any war period, or (2) with
respect to any particular individual, any period during which such
individual (i) having been in military service at the end of a war
period, was required to continue in military service, or (ii) was
required by any Act of Congress, any regulaton promulgated, order
issued, orinproclamation
made, in pursuance of such Act, to enter and
continue
military service.
'(d) For the purpose of this section and section 202, as amended,
a 'war period' shall be deemed to have begun on whichever of the
following dates is the earliest: (1) the date on which the Congress of
the United States declared war; or (2) the date as of which the
Congress of the United States declared that a state of war has
existed; or (3) the date on which war was declared by one or more
foreign states against the United States; or (4) the date on which
any part of the United States or any territory under its jurisdiction
was invaded or attacked by any armed force of one or more foreign
states; or (5) the date on which the United States engaged in armed
hostilities for the purpose of preserving the Union or of maintaining
in any State of the Union a republican form of government.
"(e) For the purpose of this section and section 202, as amended, a
war period'
shall be deemed to have ended on the date on which
hostilities
ceased.

"(f) Military service shall not be included in the years of service of
an individual unless, in the calendar year in which his military service
in a war service period began, or in the calendar year next preceding

such calendar year, he rendered service for compensation to an

employer, or to a person service to which is otherwise creditable under
this Act, or lost time as an employee for which he received remuneration, or was serving as an employee representative.

(g) A calendar month in which an individual was in military serv-

ice which may be included in the individual's years of service or service
period, as the case may be, shall be counted as a month of service:
Provided, however, That no calendar month shall be counted as more
than one month of service.

"(h) In determining the monthly compensation for computing an
disregarded. annuity, military service and any remuneration therefor shall be

"(i) In the event military service is or has been used as the basis or
as a partial basis for a pension, disability compensation, or any other
gratuitous benefits payable on a periodic basis under any other Act of
of Congress, any annuity under this Act or the Railroad Retirement Act
1935, which is based in part on such military service and is with
respect to a calendar month for all or part of which such pension or

48
(Pea.801.)

49

other benefit is also payable, shall be reduced with respect to
monthsuch
by the
proportion
which
the number
of years
of service
that by
which
military
service
increases
the years
of service,
or the
period, as the case may be, bears to the total years of service, service or
the aggregate amount of such pension or other benefit with respect by
to that month, whichever would result in the smaller reduction.

"(j) Any department or agency of the United States maintaining
records of military service, at the request of the Board, shall certify
to the Board, with respect to any individual, the number of months
of military service which such department or agency finds the individual to have had during any period or periods with respect to which
the Board's request is made, the date and manner of entry into such
military service, and the conditions under which such service was
continued. Any department or agency of the United States which is
authorized to make awards of pensions, disability compensation, or
any other gratuitous benefits or allowances payable, on a periodic
basis or otherwise, under any other Act of Congress on the basis of

military service, at the request of the Board, shall certify to the

Board, with respect to any individual, the calendar months for all or
part of which any such pension, compensation, benefit, or allowance
is payable to, or with respect to, the individual, the amounts of any
such pension, compensation, benefit, or allowance, and the military
service on which such pension, compensation, benefit, or allowance is
based. Any certification made pursuant to the provisions of this subsection shall be conclusive on the Board: Provided, That if evidence
inconsistent with any such certification is submitted, and the claim is
in the course of adjudication or is otherwise open for such evidence,
the Board shall refer such evidence to the department or agency which
made the original certification and such department or agency shall
make such recertification as in its judgment the evidence warrants
Such recertification, and any subsequent recertification, shall be conclusive, made in the same manner, and subject to the same conditions
an original certification.

"(k) In the event that an individual was, on or before the date

of enactment of the Second Revenue Act of 1940, denied an annuity
but could have been granted an annuity under the provisions of this
Act or the Railroad Retirement Act of 1935 had military service been
included in his years of service or service period, as the case may be,
no annuity shall be payable with respect to such individual, or with
respect to his death, by reason of the provisions of this section, unless

such individual files a new application with the Board. In determining the earliest date upon which an annuity can begin to accrue
for such an individual in accordance with the provisions of section 2, the filing date of the application shall be the date on which

such new application is filed.
"(1) An individual who, on or before the date of enactment of the

Second Revenue Act of 1940, was awarded an annuity under the
provisions of this Act or the Railroad Retirement Act of 1935, but
whose annuity would have been increased if his military service had
been included in his years of service or service period, as the case
may be, may, notwithstanding the previous award of an annuity,
make application (in such manner and form as may be prescribed by

the Board) for an increase in such annuity based on his military

Upon the filing of such application, if the Board finds that
the military service thus claimed is creditable and would result in
an increase in the annuity, the Board, notwithstanding the previous
award, shall recertify the annuity on an increased basis in the
manner as though this section had been in effect at the time of same the

original certification: Provided, however, That if the annuity previously awarded is a joint and survivor annuity, the increased
annuity shall be a joint and survivor annuity of the same type

except that if on the date the increase begins to accrue the individual
has no spouse for whom the election of the joint and survivor annuity
was made, the increase on a single life basis shall be added to the

individual's annuity: And provided further, That such increase in
the annuity shall not begin to accrue more than sixty days before
the filing date of the application for an increase in the annuity based

on military service, and in the event the annuity is a joint and
survivor
annuity, the actuarial value of the increase in annuity shall
be computed as of the effective date of the increase.
"(m) In addition to the amount authorized to be appropriated in
subsection (a) of section 15 of this Act, there is hereby authorized
to be appropriated to the Railroad Retirement Account for each
fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 1941, an
amount sufficient to meet the additional expenditures necessary to
be made during each such fiscal year by reason of crediting under
the Railroad Retirement Acts military service prior to January 1,
1937. The Railroad Retirement Board, as promptly as practicable
after the date of enactment of the Second Revenue Act of 1940, and
thereafter annually, shall submit to the Bureau of the Budget estimates of such military service appropriations to be made to the
account in addition to the annual estimates by the Board, in accordance with subsection (a) of section 15 of this Act, of the appropri-

tions to be made to the account to provide for the payment of

annuities, pensions and death benefits not based on military service.
Each such estimate shall take into account the excess or the deficiency,
if any, in such military service appropriation for the preceding fiscal
year.

SEC. 626. Section 202 of such Act of June 24, 1937, is hereby
amended by inserting immediately after the second proviso of such
section the following new proviso: "And provided further, That for
the purposes of determining eligibility for an annuity and computing
an annuity there shall also be included in an individual's service
period, subject to and in accordance with subsections (a) to (1), inclu-

sive, of section 3A of this Act, voluntary or involuntary military

service of an individual prior to January 1, 1937, within or without
the United States during any war service period, if, in the calendar
year in which his military service in a war service period began, or
in the calendar year next preceding such calendar year, he was in the
compensated service of a carrier, or of a person service to which is
otherwise creditable, or was serving as a representative; but such
military service shall be included only subject to and in accordance
with the provisions of the Railroad Retirement Act of 1935, in the
same manner as though military service were service rendered as an
employee:

50

TITLE VII-CREDIT
AGAINST
FEDERAL UNEM
PLOYMENT
TAXES
SEC. 701. CREDIT AGAINST FEDERAL UNEMPLOYMENT TAXES,

(a) ALLOWANCE OF CREDIT.-Against the tax imposed by section
901 of the Social Security Act for the calendar year 1936, 1937, or
1938, or against the tax imposed by the Federal Unemployment Tax
Act for the calendar year 1939, any taxpayer shall be allowed credit
for the
amount
of contributions
paid by him into an unemployment
fund
under
a State
law-

Before the sixtieth day after the date of the enactment of
this(1)
Act;
(2) On or after such sixtieth day (except in the case of the tax
for the calendar year 1939) with respect to wages paid after the

fortieth day after such date of enactment;

(3) Without regard to the date of payment, if the assets of the
taxpayer are, at any time during the fifty-nine-day period follow-

ing such date of enactment, in the custody or control of &

receiver, trustee, or other fiduciary appointed by, or under the
control of, a court of competent jurisdiction.
The amount of such credit, in the case of contributions with respect
to the calendar year 1939 paid after the last day upon which the taxpayer was required under section 1604 of the Federal Unemployment
Tax Act to file a return for such year, shall not exceed 90 per centum
of the amount which would have been allowable as credit on account
of such contributions had they been paid on or before such last day.
The provisions of the Social Security Act in force prior to February
11, 1939 (except the provision limiting the credit to amounts paid
before the date of filing returns) shall, with respect to the tax for
the calendar year 1936, 1937, or 1938, apply to allowance of credit
under this section, and the provisions of the Federal Unemployment
Tax Act (except section 1601 (a) (3)) shall, with respect to the tax
for the calendar year 1939, apply to allowance of credit under this
section. The terms used in this subsection shall, with respect to the
tax for the calendar year 1936, 1937, or 1938, have the same meaning
as when used in title IX of the Social Security Act prior to February
11, 1939, and shall, with respect to the tax for the calendar year 1939,
have the same meaning as when used in the Federal Unemployment
Tax Act. The total credit allowable against the tax imposed by sec.
tion 901 of the Social Security Act for the calendar year 1936, 1937,
or 1938, or against the tax imposed by section 1600 of the Federal
Unemployment Tax Act for the calendar year 1939, shall not exceed

90 per centum of such tax.

(b) REFUND.-Refund of the tax (including penalty and interest
collected with respect thereto, if any); based on any credit allowable
under this section, may be made in accordance with the provisions of
law applicable in the case of erroneous or illegal collection of the tax
No interest shall be allowed or paid on the amount of any such refund.
Approved, October 8, 1940, 11 p.m., E. S. T.

292

GRAY

GM

(Paris)
Vichy

Dated January 24, 1941

Rec'd. 10:51 p.m.

Secretary of State,
Washington.

100, January 24, 6 p.m.
FOR THE TREASURY FROM MATTHEWS.

A decree published in today's Journal Official stipulate
that in view of Rueff's "outstanding services" to the State
in the field of political Economy and because of his EXCELLEN
record in the great war he is EXEMPTED from the provisions of

anti-Jewish law of October 3, 1940 and may continue to hold

the rank of inspector of finance, first class.
An arrete of the Minister of Finance also appearing
in this issue accepts Rueff's resignation as Under Governor
of the Bank of France and appoints him honorary Under

Governor. DE Bletry, Controller General of the Bank, is
named Under Governor in place of Rueff.

Rueff told ME when last I saw him that he would not

remain with the bank if Bouthillier stayed on as Minister
of Finance in view of strong differences of opinion on

policies. In fact he indicated that his reluctance to talk
about

293

-2- GMW

100, January 24, 6 p.m. from (Paris) Vichy

about disposition of the Belgian gold was due to Bouthillier'
insistence. (Telegram number 1164, DECEMBER 20, 9 p.m.)
LEAHY
GW

294
THE ADVISORY COMMISSION TO THE COUNCIL OF NATIONAL DEFENSE
FEDERAL RESERVE BUILDING
WASHINGTON, D.C.

January 24, 1941

Dear Henry:

I was very pleased with the
manner in which you promptly responded

to my request that you be personally
available to John Hamm, my Deputy, while

I am away. I hope he won't have to tres-

pass on you but I have asked him to send
you a note from time to time as to how
things are getting along.
Sincerely yours,

Jean

Leon Henderson

Honorable Henry Morgenthau, Jr.

Secretary of the Treasury

Washington, D. C.
IS

295
WAR DEPARTMENT
OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF STAFF
WASHINGTON

January 24, 1941.

Honorable Henry Morgenthau, Jr.,

Secretary of the Treasury,
Washington, D. C.

Dear Mr. Morgenthau:

Thank you very much for the following reports,
which you sent me this date:

Part I - Airplanes
Deliveries of and New Orders for Airplanes,
June 9, 1940 - January 18, 1941; Unfilled
Orders and Estimated Deliveries on January
18, 1941.

Part II - Airplane Engines
Deliveries of and New Orders for Airplane
Engines, June 9, 1940 - January 18, 1941;
Unfilled Orders and Estimated Deliveries on
January 18, 1941.

Faithfully yours,

Chief of Staff.

TREASURY DEPARTMENT

296

Office of the Secretary
Technical Assistant to the Secretary
Date

January 24, 1941

TO:

Secretary Morgenthau
Room

I hed dictated these few lines before
attending our meeting this afternoon.
I have not dealt with the separate items,
but submit my general views for your
personal information.

From: MR. COCHRAN

297
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION
DATE January 24, 1941
Secretary Morgenthau
Mr. Cochran

FROM

I think the Special Report to Congress by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System, the Presidents of Federal Reserve Banks and the Federal Advisory

Council was ill-timed and not handled in the way most likely to achieve desirable

results.

I regret, however, the lack of harmony between the Board and the Treasury, and
would not like to see this perpetuated or in any way widened to include possibly a
considerable part of the banking and financial community on the side of the Board.
The recommendations had the approval of the entire Federal Reserve System and
have had favorable comment from the country's financial and banking press, even
though they may have little chance of acceptance by Congress.

Is it worthwhile for the Treasury at this point to oppose in most part the

recommendations, now that serious financing is about to begin and in circumstances
which are not entirely propitious therefor? Freezing rumors are already causing

security and dollar sales by foreigners, which may conceivably develop into a fairsized flight of capital.

Is it necessary and wise that the Treasury defend throughout the coming four
years all of the monetary and financial measures adopted during the first term?
If not. the time to change gracefully may be now at the beginning.
Considering the borrowing that must be done, I should much prefer to see the
Secretary of the Treasury have the confidence and real support of the financial conmunity through turning in the direction of an orthodox financial and monetary policy.
as generally accepted, rather than insist upon retaining powers which are generally
believed inflationary and dangerous, and which I doubt that the Secretary himself

would ever care to use.

Until the whole problem of authority and responsibility in the monetary and
finencial fields is worked out, perhaps through hearings before Congress, it would
seem advisable to endeavor to suppress the public quarrel between the Federal Reserve
and the Treasury. I feel that some honest cooperation can be informally achieved.
It should be recalled that some advisors who formerly stood well with the
Treasury, such as Professor John Williams and Dr. Randolph Burgess, are in favor of
the recommendations. Such men as these might be helpful in working out the desired

cooperation. The impression in foreign Treasury and Central Bank circles, at least,
during recent years has been that the Treasury under the guidance of Secretary

Norgenthau has been more conservative and dependable than the Federal Reserve System

under Governor Eccles. I should regret very much to see the slightest reversal of
this impression. In all of our emergency measures I think we should keep in mind a
long-time policy centering upon the United States as the world's financial center

dollar
as
of
and the an international unit currency. K.M.P.

298

MEMORANDUM

January 24, 1941
TO:

The Secretary

FROM:

Mr. Young

RE: British Planes at New York
I have now been advised that there was a total
of 41 British aircraft awaiting shipment at New York

on January 22, 1941. The detail of this total is as
follows:

Brewster Buffalo
Curtiss Tomahawk
Douglas Boston

Glenn Martin

5

20

2

12

Lockheed Lodestar
Total

2

41

P.

299

JAN 24 1941

My dear Mr. President:
I know that you will find the attached memorandum

concerning Ruesian buying of interest especially at
this time. In this instance your Limison Committee for
Coordination of Foreign and Domestic Military Purchases,
which I wrote you about on December 19th, has again
demonstrated its usefulness by bringing together the
various branches of the Government dealing with Russian

purchasing activities.

It was agreed by representatives of the Office of
Production Management, the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic
Commerce, the Var Department, the Navy Department, the

Office of the Administrator of Export Control, and two
divisions of the Department of State that purchasing of

machine tools by Russia should be cleared through the
Liaison Committee in accordance with the regular procedures already established for other countries.

I might add that prior to this time the various

interested agencies of the Government had been dealing

with this situation without full knowledge of each other's
activities.
Faithfully yours,

The President,
The White House.

PY:bj

1/24/41

P4.

By -

35

300

January 24, 1941

MEMORANDUM
TO:

The Secretary

FROM: Mr. Young

Re: Machine Tools for Bussia
As the result of a meeting held on January 22, agreement
was reached on a procedure for handling the coordination and
clearance of Russian machine tool orders which I believe will
eliminate such of the difficulty which we have heretofore had
with this problem.
As you know, the aschine teel situation has been a source

of irritation to the Russians ever since the establishment of

export control over machine tools OR July 2, 1940. While export
licenses have been issued for a great many of these, there have
been others which have been diverted by manufacturers with OF
without proper authority from the United States Government, as
well as some which have been commandeered. As a result, the
Russians have found that the tools previously ordered are not
available to them, and 11 has been impossible to secure quotations
on new OF replacement tools for any near delivery. Consequently,
they have been constantly in touch with the State Department and
the Administrator of Export Centrol with a succession of lists
which eventually resulted in considerable confusion as to what
they are to get and when.
While this was going on, I conferred with the Ambassador
on October 31 with reference to the elearance procedure required
on new orders for aschine tools and other critical items. on
December 6 the President's Maison Committee received requests
for clearance on sine proposed new orders for machine tools, which
were forwarded to the Army, Navy, and Defense Commission for

clearance is the usual manner. In the COUPOO of their consideraties of these requests it became important to know whether the
teels covered by these new orders had already been cleared in

discussions between the State Department and the Russian Ambassador.

It was extremely difficult, however, to arrive at any decision on
this point because of the number of different lists which had been
placed before the State Department by the Russian Government and

the difficulty of arriving at any definite conclusion in the

absence of any central contact point which would have the whole
story.

301
2

In the course of this investigation it was found that there

were several agencies within our Government which were actively
interested in the Russian machine tool exports, but which were

not all equally aware of the work the others were doing. It was
obvious, therefore, that the first step toward an efficient,
intelligent, and consistent handling of the Russian machine tool
problem was to get representatives of all these people together

and exchange information.

Accordingly, the Liaison Committee arranged a meeting on
January 22, at which were represented the European Divisio of
the Department of State, the Division of Controls of the Department of State, the Machine Tool Section of the Office of Production

Management, the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce of the

Department of Commerce, the Office of the Administrator of Export
Control, the War and Navy Departments through their members on
the Machine Tool Committee of the Apay and Navy Munitions Board,
and the President's Liaison Committee.

At this meeting there was a complete exchange of information
so that each agency was fully aware of the work being done by the
other agencies and a complete sanvass of the problem from a policy

standpoint. There was very definitely a feeling that there should
be one place where the Russians could come and work out their
machine tool problems without bethering officials of the State
Department and other officials whose regular duties leave no time
for liaison work of this type. Accordingly, it was the sense of
the meeting that all lists heretofore filed by the Russian Ambassador on the machine tool problem should be disregarded, and in the
future each order, either for additional tools or to replace those

diverted or commandeered, must be considered individually in accordance with the regular clearance procedure which has already been

established by the Liaison Committee for other countries. To this
end the State Department will refer any additional material submitted by the Russians on machine tools to the Liaison Committee
and instruct the Russians that their clearance problems will have
to be taken up through that Committee as a liaison agency between
their government and the interested United States Government

agencies.

JCB:er

302

JAN 24 1941

My dear Cordell:

I an enclosing for your information a copy

of a letter to the President with an attached
memorandus concerning the purchase of Russian

machine tools.

I would like to thank you for the splendid
cooperation which the Department of State has
accorded the Limison Committee for Coordination
of Foreign and Domestic Military Purchases.
Sincerely,

Henry
The Henorable Cordell Hull,
The Secretary of State.

PY:bj

1/24/41

P.

Bv Memmer

3rd

303

My dear Oordell:

I - enclosing for your information a copy
of a letter to the President with an attached
memorandum concerning the purchase of Russian

machine tools.

I would like to thank you for the splendid
cooperation which the Department of State has
accorded the Limison Committee for Coordination
of Foreign and Domestic Military Purchases.
Sincerely,

The Fenorable Cardell Hull,

The Secretary of State.

PY:bj

1/24/41

304

My dear Oordell:

I - enclosing for your information a copy
of a letter to the President with an attached
memorandum concerning the purchase of Russian

machine tools.

I would like to thank you for the splendid
cooperation which the Department of State has
accorded the Lisison Committee for Coordination
of Foreign and Domestic Military Purchases.
Sincerely,

The Fenorable Cardell Hull,

The Secretary of State.

PY:bj
1/24/41

305

JAN 24 1941

My dear Mr. President:

I know that you will find the attached memorandum
concerning Russian buying of interest especially at

this time. In this instance your Lisison Committee for

Coordination of Foreign and Domestic Military Purchases,
which I wrote you about on December 19th, has again
demonstrated its usefulness by bringing together the
various branches of the Government dealing with Russian

purchasing activities.

It was agreed by representatives of the Office of
Production Management, the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic
Commerce, the Var Department, the Havy Department, the

Office of the Administrator of Export Control, and two
divisions of the Department of State that purchasing of

machine tools by Russia should be cleared through the
Lisison Committee in accordance with the regular procedures already established for other countries.

I might add that prior to this time the various

interested agencies of the Government had been dealing

with this situation without full knowledge of each other's
activities.
Faithfully yours,
(Signed) Morgenibas,Jr.

The President,
The White House.
For

PY:bj

1/24/41

306

see Hm's teathery

of 1/29/41
77TH CONGRESS
1st SESSION

H.R. 2653

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES
JANUARY 24,1941

Mr. DOUGHTON introduced the following bill; which was referred to the Committee on Ways and Means

A BILL
To increase the debt limit of the United States, to provide for
the Federal taxation of future issues of obligations of the
United States and its instrumentalities, and for other purposes.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representa-

1

2 tives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

3 That this Act may be cited as the Public Debt Act of 1941.
SEC. 2. Section 21 of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as

4

amended, is further amended to read as follows:

5

6

"SEC. 21. The face amount of obligations issued under

7 the authority of this Act shall not exceed in the aggregate
8 $65,000,000,000 outstanding at any one time."
9

SEC. 3. Section 22 of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as

2

1 amended (U. S. C., title 31, sec. 757c), is amended to read
2 as follows:
3

"SEC. 22. (a) The Secretary of the Treasury, with the

4 approval of the President, is authorized to issue, from time

5 to time, through the Postal Service or otherwise, United
6 States savings bonds and United States Treasury savings
7 certificates, the proceeds of which shall be available to meet
8 any public expenditures authorized by law, and to retire any
9 outstanding obligations of the United States bearing interest
10 or issued on a discount basis, The various issues and series
11 of the savings bonds and the savings certificates shall be in
12 such forms, shall be offered in such amounts, subject to the

13 limitation imposed by section 21 of this Act, as amended,
14 and shall be issued in such manner and subject to such terms

15 and conditions consistent with subsections (b), (c), and
16 (d) hereof, and including any restrictions on their transfer,

17 as the Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time
18 prescribe.
19

"(b) Savings bonds and savings certificates may be

20 issued on an interest-hearing basis, on a discount basis, or on

21 a combination interest-bearing and discount basis and shall
22 mature, in the case of bonds, not more than twenty years, and

23 in the case of certificates, not more than ten years, from the
24 date as of which issued. Such bonds and certificates may be

25 sold at such price or prices, and redeemed before maturity

3

1 upon such terms and conditions as the Secretary of the
2 Treasury may prescribe: Provided. That the interest rate on,
3 and the issue price of, savings bonds and savings certificates

4 and the terms upon which they may be redeemed shall be
5 such as to afford an investment yield not in excess of 3 per
6 centum per annum, compounded semiannually. The denomi-

7 nations of savings bonds and of savings certificates shall be
8 such as the Secretary of the Treasury may from time to time
9 determine and shall be expressed in terms of their maturity
10 values. The Secretary of the Treasury is authorized by regn-

11 lation to fix the amount of savings bonds and savings certifi12 cates that may be held by any one person at any one time.
13

"(c) The Secretary of the Treasury may, under such

14 regulations and upon such terms and conditions as he may
15 prescribe, issue, or cause to be issued, stamps, or may provide

16 any other means to evidence payments for or on account of
17 the savings bonds and savings certificates authorized by this
18 section, and he may make provision for the exchange of sav-

19 ings certificates for savings bonds.
20

(d) The provisions of section 7 of this Act, as amended

21 (relating to exemptions from taxation), shall apply to savings

22 bonds issued before the effective date of the Public Debt

23 Act of 1941. For purposes of taxation any increment in
24 value represented by the difference between the price paid
25 and the redemption value received (whether at or before ma-

4

1 turity) for savings bonds and savings certificates shall be
2 considered as interest. The savings bonds and the savings
3 certificates shall not bear the circulation privilege.
4

"(e) The appropriation for expenses provided by sec-

5 tion 10 of this Act and extended by the Act of June 16,
6 1921 (U. S. C., title 31, secs. 760 and 761), shall be avail7 able for all necessary expenses under this section, and the

8 Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to advance, from
9 time to time, to the Postmaster General from such appro10 priation such sums as are shown to be required for the ex11 penses of the Post Office Department, in connection with
12 the handling of savings bonds, savings certificates, and stamps

13 or other means provided to evidence payment therefor.
14

(f) The board of trustees of the Postal Savings System

15 is authorized to permit, subject to such regulations as it may

16 from time to time prescribe, the withdrawal of deposits on
17 less than sixty days' notice for the purpose of acquiring sav18 ings bonds and savings certificates which may be offered by

19 the Secretary of the Treasury; and in such cases to make

20 payment of interest to the date of withdrawal whether or

21 not a regular interest payment date. No further original
22 issue of bonds authorized by section 10 of the Act approved

23 June 25, 1910 (U. S. C., title 39, sec. 760), shall be made

24 after July 1, 1935.
25

"(g) At the request of the Secretary of the Treasury

5

the Postmaster General, under such regulations as he may

1

2 prescribe, shall require the employees of the Post Office
3 Department and of the Postal Service to perform, without
4 extra compensation, such fiscal agency services as may be
5 desirable and practicable in connection with the issue, deliv-

6 ery, safekeeping, redemption, or payment of the savings
7 bonds and savings certificates, or in connection with any
8 stamps or other means provided to evidence payments."
9

SEC. 4. (a) Interest upon, gain from the sale or other

10 disposition of, and the principal of, obligations issued on or

11 after the effective date of this Act by the United States or
12 any agency or instrumentality thereof (except a Territory,
13 possession, or the District of Columbia) shall not have any
14 exemption, as such, and loss from the sale or other disposi15 tion of such obligations shall not have any special treatment,

16 as such, under Federal tax Acts now or hereafter enacted;
17 except that any such obligations which the United States
18 Maritime Commission or the Federal Housing Administra-

19 tion has, prior to the effective date of this Act, contracted
20 to issue at a future date, shall when issued bear such tax21 exemption privileges as were, at the time of such contract,
22 provided in the law authorizing their issuance.
23

(b) The provisions of this section shall, with respect

24

to such obligations, be considered as amendatory of and

25

supplementary to the respective Acts or parts of Acts author-

6

1 izing the issuance of such obligations, as amended and
2 supplemented.
3

SEC. 5. (a) The authority granted in the following pro-

4 visions of law to issue obligations is terminated:
5

(1) Section 32 of the Act entitled "An Act to provide

6 ways and means to meet war expenditures, and for other
7 purposes", approved June 13, 1898, as amended (U. S. C.,

8 1934 edition, title 31, sec. 756) (authorizing the issue of
9 $300,000,000 certificates of indebtedness) ;
10

11

(2) Section 6 of the First Liberty Bond Act, as amended

(U.S.C., 1934 edition, title 31, sec. 755) (authorizing the

12 issue of $2,000,000,000 certificates of indebtedness) : and
13

(3) Section 6 of the Second Liberty Bond Act, as

14 amended (U. S. C., 1934 edition, title 31, sec. 757) (au15 thorizing the issue of war savings certificates) .
16

(b) Section 301 of title III of the Revenue Act of

17 1940 (54 Stat. 526) (creating a special fund for the retire18 ment of defense obligations) is repealed.
19

SEC. 6. This Act, except section 5, shall become effective

20 on the first day of the month following the date of its
21 enactment.

307
Chaunco
901

TIME

From: L. W. Engine

January 24, 1941

Subject: affect on foreign transactions
is this market of last weekend's
articles regarding freesing of
all foreign funds.

As sentioned at the time over the telephone, ea January 20 and
January 21, the three leading basks is New York reported that they had not
noticed any unusual operations. One other bask stated that there had been some

surrency withisonals primarily for Italian account (just over $500,000 on January 20
for Italian account, about $350,000 for Mexican account and a few small with
drawals procusably for Swiss account). Withiravals for Italian account were
mostly is denominations of $50 and $100, others mostly is thousand dellar notes.
On January 22 the Chase Bank reported that they had last from 3 to w

of their foreign deposite during the week but added that they did not of course
know whether that had to do with the newspaper reports. The whole, they stated,
vas not alarming. Oa January 23 the Guaranty frust reported that they were

beginning to see some signs of flight of foreign money particularly for Swiss
account. The same day the Irving Trust informed me of further currency with-

dravals of about $100,000 each for Italian and Mexican account, all is
demoninations of $50 and $100.

Ordere for the purchase of foreign exchange is amounts larger than
usual have security base is the market here-for several million Argentine poses

from Svotes - from Switcoriand and for about Swiss france 3 million from
Switeerland. Restrotwiee the effect es the rates has been a rise is the valoo
of from, say, 2360 to 2375 for the Argentine pess and from 2321 to 2326 for

the Swiss frese. Today the market had remore to the effect that the Swiss
National Beak would no longer purchase dollars (except for commercial transactions

of a strictly legitimate character).

308
2

Sales of American securities for Swise account which, during the
week ending January 18 according to proliminary Signates of the S.B.C. - as

I said to you ever the telephone this morning they are not complete but give

a fair indication of the treat - were less than $100,000 do day. is the last
three days, have amounted to $621,000 for January 21. $743,000 for January 22

and $450,000 for January 23. So here. I would eay. is a very definite
indication of servencness ea the part of Swice holders. The sale of securities
is, of course, the first stay which new seens to be followed by the transfer
of dollar pressols of these sales into Swiss frence.
Meet of our banks seen to have received is recent days eables from
shread asking for as expression of opinion as to whether OF not those remore

foreshaloving further fressing of foreign funds is this warket were accurate.
As you know we curseives have received such as inquiry from Benefit and another
from Switcorient.

L.V.K.

309
33

Georgetown, British Guiana, January 24, 1941.

French restrictions on purchases in the

United States.

I have the honor to submit herewith an untranslated copy of what is purported
to be a notice which the Governor of French Guiana has served on the importers

of that Colony,* stating that recent interruptions of gold movements (caused

by the decision of the British authorities at Port of Spain to seize all
French Guiana gold being shipped to the United States via Pan American Airways)
had caused a shortage of dollar exchange and that purchases in the United States
must therefore be reduced to a minimum, and suggesting that French Guiana importers

form an organization to handle the ordering, payment, and transportation of goods

purchased in South America. The notice closed with a list of Brazilian firms

able to supply certain essential articles.
The result of this restriction of commerce will be to weaken further the
Colony's already strained economic position. French Guiana imports most of

the articles she consumes; little is produced locally. Agriculture has long
been neglected; the Colony produces only a small percentage of the fruits,

vegetables and cereals it requires. With the fall of France and the resulting
lack of shipping facilities, the one export crop, bananas, was allowed to rot
on the trees and the plantations were abandoned. Once important items, rosewood

oil, balata, and timber are produced in limited amounts. There are no industries.

Confidential; copy of notice forwarded by Mr. Sainte Claire,
Pan American Airways agent, Cayenne, French Guiana.

310

-2The economic life of the Colony has long been dependent on direct homegovernment subsidies, the expenditures of government employees (whose salaries

account for four-fifths of the Colony's budget), and gold production. Of late
it has been this last item which has kept the Colony on its economic feet.
All the gold mined is required by law to be turned over to the Bank of Guiana,
which ships it by air to the United States. There the dollar exchange obtained
is used to purchase food stuffs and other articles which the Colony must
import to survive.

The British seizures at Port of Spain have disrupted this commerce and
have forced French Guianese to turn to South America, notably to Brazil, to

find a market for her gold and an alternate source of imports.
While the dollar volume of trade affected may be comparatively small,
the United States has none the less lost one of her Western Hemisphere export
markets.

Respectfully yours,

William O. Boswell,

American Vice Consul.

Enclosure:

Decree, as stated.
631

WOB/ed

COPY:aja

311

BRITISH EMBASSY,
WASHINGTON, D.C.

PERSONAL AND
SECRET.

24th January, 1941.

Dear Mr. Secretary,

I enclose herein for your
personal and secret information a copy

of the latest report received from
London on the military situation.
Believe me,

Dear Mr. Secretary,

Very sincerely yours,

Work Both

The Honourable

Henry Morgenthau, Jr.,

United States Treasury,
Washington, D. C.

312
Telegram from London

of the 23rd January, 1941

Naval.

An His Majesty's trawler and rescue tug
Saint Cyrus were mined and sunk in Humber area
January 22nd.
2.

An East Coast convoy unsuccessfully attacked

by enemy aircraft in Themes Estuary.
3.

Damaged Italian submarine at Las Palmas is

reported to have refueled and to be preparing to leave.
4.

Tomnage of damaged merchant vessels under

repair or awaiting repair amounts to over 1 million
tons.

5. Military
By January 21st, our southern column had

reached a point 26 miles east of Tessenei without
meeting enemy.

6. Kenya.

Italian somaliland front. Our troops have
occupied an Italian post 57 miles North-east of Garisea.

7. Royal Air Force.
Night of January 22nd/23rd. 40 aircraft were

sent to industrial targets at Dusseldorf - all returned
safely. Results not yet available. owing to heavy
cloud they had very great difficulty in finding their
primary/

313

-2-

primary targets but fires were started in the
area of attack which assisted later aircraft.
Several alternate targets were also attacked.
8. on January 22nd, aircraft from Aden dropped
over a ton of bombs on a stores depot on Jibuti Adis Ababa railway.

9. German Air Force.
January 22nd. Enomy activity was confined
to reconnaissances by single aircraft off the East
coast and Thames estuary. Night of January 22nd/

23rd, there was very little enemy activity.
10. Aircraft casualties in operations over and
from the British Iales.
ENEMY

DESTROYED

DAMAGED

2

3

By our fighters
Bombers

British: 1 Bomber missing.

314
RESTRICTED

G-2/2657-220
No. 300

M.I.D., W.D.
January 24, 1941
12:00 M.
SITUATION REPORT

I. Western Theater of War.

1. Air.
Weather unfavorable; no offensive air action over the
British Isles or the Continent. German planes continued to operate
against shipping at sea and claim hits on 4 vessels.

II. Greek Theater of War.

1. Ground. Stiff fighting is going on north of Klisura.

In the coastal area, Greek pressure toward Valona continues.

2. Air. No important operations.

III.

African and Mediterranean Theaters of War.

1. Ground. The British are consolidating their gains at
Tobruk and are patrolling to the west. In East Africa, pressure on
the Italians continues.

2. Air. No important operations.
3. Political. Haile Selassie, the deposed Emperor, is reported to have crossed into Ethiopia to coordinate native military

efforts with those of the British.

Note: This military situation report is issued by the Military Intelligence Division, General Staff. In view of the occasional inclusion of political information and of opinion it is classified as
Restricted.

RESTRICTED

CONFIDENTAL

315

Paraphrase of Code Cablegram
Received at the War Department

at 8:40 hoMes January 24, 1941

London, filed 23145, January 24.
1. On Thursday, January 23, planes of the Constal Command
engaged in regular patrols during which one German plane was shet down.
A Polish fighter plane squadron from England equipped with Harrisans

fighters launched successful lev-level raids on German troops and on

several airtroms on the coast of France. During the preceding night
a raid against Dusseldorf was earried out by a small number of planes
of the British Bember Command. Targets could be located only with

great difficulty and results could not be observed. Searchlights,
airfields and ports in Germany were the targets of single British
planes.

2. On January 23 a small number of German planes were active

against marehant shipping over the coasts of Norfolk and Suffelk and
along the Thomas Estuary. Other German planes were on recommission

missions over Britain. German aircraft lesses were two bombers destrayed and three bombers damaged. That night there were no German
planes over England.

3. Apellenia and Derna, Libya, were bombed and the Toback

region was patrolled by British planes based in Egypt. Fifteen thousand Italian priseners were taken by the British mopping-up foress in
the Toback area. The British sustained only 600 camulties in the
Tebrule operations while Italian lesses were estimated at more than
2,000.

CONFIDENTIAL

316

CONFIDENTIAL
4. Meritas - the Into of Medias was boubed by British

planse from Greese and - Italian supply base - the Midis Djibouti railreed was heavily attached. Military installations and
airfields in Sieily were concernfully attented by British planes
based on Malta. A total of four Italian places were destroyed in
British raids against targets in the idem, Sudan and Mage regions.
5. Malta was attached four times by Axis bombers during
the day and night of January 23 but no damage has been reported as yet.

6. More than one million tens of marchant shipping we in England waiting for repairs or being repaired.
7. Repairs have - been completed on the damaged Italian
U-boat which was forced to " into haster at Lee Palmer in the Consury

Islands and she is propering to deposit. A British reseue tug and a
truder street mines in the Member river and smok.
SGANLON

Distributions
Secretary of New
State Department

Secretary of Treasury

A Secretary of Nar

Order of staff

Ner Plans Division

office of Reval Intelligence
Air Corps

as

CONFIDENTIAL

.2.

317

TREASURY DEPARTMENT
INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION

DATE January 24, 1941

Secretary Morgenthau
FROM

CONFIDENTIAL

Mr. Cochran

Registered sterling transactions of the reporting banks were as follows:
Sold to commercial concerns
Purchased from commercial concerns

£ 48,000
2169,000

Of the sterling purchased, £100,000 came from an American mining company, and the
balance resulted from various commercial transactions.

The Federal Reserve Bank of New York sold £16,000 in registered sterling
to two non-reporting banks.

Open market sterling held steady at 4.03-1/2. Transactions of the reporting

banks were as follows:

Sold to commercial concerns
Purchased from commercial concerns

-0£1,000

Although the Canadian dollar declined to a new low of 17-1/2% discount
around noontime, it subsequently recovered to close at 16-7/8%
The Swiss franc, whose recent improvement has been associated with rumors

that the U.S. would extend its foreign funds control to cover all foreign assets
in this country, rose sharply to close at a three-year high of .2328, as compared
with .2321-1/2 yesterday. The New York banks attributed today's advance primarily
to the report from Switzerland that Swiss banks will only accept dollar exchange
arising from normal commercial transactions.

Closing quotations for the other currencies were:
Swedish krona

.2385-1/2

Reichemark

.4005
.0505
.2375
.0505

Lira

Argentine peso (free)

Brazilian milreis (free)
Mexican peso
Cuban peso

Chinese yuan

.2066

7-13/16% discount
.05-1/2

There were no gold transactions consummated by us today.

-2 -

318

The State Department forwarded to us a cable stating that the Westminster
Bank, London, would ship $98,000 in gold to Brown Brothers Harriman, New York,
for sale to the New York Assay Office.

In Bombay, gold was priced at the equivalent of $34.01, off 5$. Silver was
1/8 lower at the equivalent of 44.65+ The prices fixed in London for spot and
forward silver both advanced 1/16d, to 23-1/4d and 23-3/16d respectively. The
dollar equivelents were 42.21d and 42.104.

Handy and Harman's settlement price for foreign silver was unchanged at
34-3/4d.
The Treasury's purchase price for foreign silver was also unchanged at
35.
We made three purchases of silver toteling 350,000 ounces under the Silver
Purchase Act. Of this amount, 200,000 ounces represented a sale from inventory,
and 50,000 ounces consisted of new production from foreign countries, for forward
delivery. The other 100,000 ounces represented part of the Central Bank of China's
recent chipment to this country.

BMS

CONFIDENTIA

319
TREASURY DEPARTMENT
INTER OFFICE COMMUNICATION
STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL
TO

Secretary Morgenthau

FROM

Mr. Klaus

DATE January 24, 1941

FBI reports:

December 28. A constant decrease in Japanese official balances is indicated.
During November the Consulate General's account was reduced from $67,527.31 to
(24,951.55; cash withdrawals by 33 checks exceeded $50,000 (there had been $16,000

of deposits); in all cases the denominations requested were in notes of $100 or
less. The main Japanese commercial account went from $168,380.50 on October 30
to $5,286.62 on November 14, 1940. The special account of its manager went from
684,509.21 to $15,675.32.

January 3. Otto Ahnert and his brother Alfredo own and operate a lead silver
mine in Durango, Mexico, and Alfredo is endeavoring to secure a mercury mine in the

United States in which enterprise he appears to have American associates who may
not be aware of the pro-Nazi purposes of the Ahnerts.
January 10. Jakob Goldschmidt, refugee engaged in German dollar bond repatriation, received commissions from the Germans and also received or is entitled
to receive from the sellers a brokerage fee of $2.50 per bond and commissions

totaling over $100,000. Goldschmidt is said to have stated that the repatriation
of German debts in the United States was an idea of Dr. Westrick in order to bolster Germany's credit and that since Westrick's return to Germany activity in the
repatriation of German securities has become more intense. The A.E.B. American
Corporation (made up of Paul Ernst Gottlieb, Dr. Alfred Rosenfeld, and other refu-

gees) has been associated in these transactions with Kollmar and Von Gibara, who
are tied up with the Chemical National Bank and have been doing their business
through Lazard Freres, among others. In Jakob Goldschmidt's account is a check
of over $50,000 dated October 31, 1940, to Adele R. Levy (Adele Rosenwald Levy?).
Kollmar arrived from Germany December 9, 1940, and was observed to carry certain
mail, which had not been found by the British at Bermuda; among the various letters the Customs Agent noticed one addressed to ex-President Hoover which Kollmar

said was given him by a Mr. Hartigan, Hoover's assistant in Berlin working on food
supplies. Chemical National has been proposing to send Kollmar to England on the
bank's business. Joseph A. Bower, Vice President of the Chemical National and
Treasurer of the New Jersey Republican State Committee, who is backing Kollmar,
was originally interested in the release of Arnold Bernstein and Kollmar was present at the American Consul's office in Hemburg when Bernstein signed away his German
possessions to the German government.

Marcus Wallenberg, Jr., representing the Stockholms Enskilda Bank, has made
$2,658,000 of purchases of German dollar securities for German correspondents through
Brown Brothers Harriman and Company, stating that the securities had been shipped to
the Banco Hispano Americano at Madrid and Credito Italiano in Rome. Wallenberg told

rown Brothers that he had advised Treasury Department officials of his activities in
representing German correspondent banks and the purchasing of securities for them. On

September 3, 1940, Brown Brothers was advised by the Reichsbankdirektorium to address
all future mail destined for them to Banco Germanico de la America del Sud, Mexico City.

320

January 24, 1941
9:30 A.M.

GROUP MEETING

Present:

Mr. Sullivan
Mr. Pehle

Mr. Wiley
Mr. Young
Mr. Thompson

Mr. White

Dr. Viner

Mr. Gaston
Mr. Cochran
Mr. Schwarz

Mr. Foley

Mr. Bell

Mr. Graves
Mr. Kuhn

H.M. Jr:

I am getting my teeth into this question
of a national campaign for defense investment, whatever you want to call it, defense
savings, defense something or other. I am
going to put more and more time on it, and
one of the things, Bell, I don't know whether

it is being done or not; but if it is, I am

not conscious of it - you see, I suppose
roughly we have got to raise about a billion
dollars a month, haven't we?

Bell:

That is right.

H.M.Jr:

And I just wondered whether Dr. Viner would

have the time to just concentrate for us get people permanently but keep the thing

running, the various strata of society that

321

-2we can appeal to to get this thing, where
we should go, where we should look, where
we can do the greatest good and the least

harm, you see, and make sure that all the
other agencies are kept informed, which I

don't have the time to do, but just as

this tremendous campaign gets underway -

I mean, would you have the time to just
sort of be economic adviser to this defense
campaign to raise money?

Viner:

I don't know.

H.M.Jr;

I mean if you had two or three men, either
who are already in or could be brought in,
so the thing could be continuous.

Viner:

I don't think I am any good at that sort of
thing.

H.M.Jr:

Well, that answers that. Well, I want somebody, Dan - I want to get the second-best
economist --

Viner:

Thank you. (Laughter)

H.M.Jr:

Wherever he is, who will just do that and
nothing else, you see. I mean, have no
other responsibilities, no administrative

responsibilities, but just - you think about
it too, Harry; where is the man in the

United States who can just sit back and
have a desk and a place to put his feet

and just think --

Bell:

How to reach the various --

H.M.Jr:

Well I mean what are the effects and repercussions. I am going to move awfully

fast now, and I want this fellow to sit back

and make sure that - now, from the stand-

322

-3point of an economist. He can say, "Well
now, wait a minute, here are the places
where there is the most fat, but you can't
take it away from there because of this or
Bell:

that or the other thing."
All right.

H.M.Jr:

In a sense he will be advising on priorities

as to where the money - where we should go

for the money. It is an awful lot of money.

Bell:

That is right. It is. That probably is

one of the reasons why we didn't get such
large subscriptions yesterday. They

thought there was a lot of it coming along,
and they didn't have to go in so heavily.

H.M.Jr:

Don't you think, Jake, we need a top
economist?

Viner:

Yes, I think there ought to be somebody here

who is giving all he can to that problem.
H.M.Jr:

Who would you think of?

Viner:

Off hand, I would rather be given an hour

to think than just try to think of some-

body here.
H.M.Jr:

That is reasonable.

Bell:

Are you going to have some time the first of
the week to look over what already has been

done and the type of obligation that we can
sell?

H.M.Jr:

Yes.

Bell:

We have quite a folder on it.

Viner:

I would like to suggest a little study to

-4be made of the war experience along a

certain line. Possibly it can't be done,
but I would like to see a little study

made of how long each class of subscribers

held on to their bonds.

K.M.Jr:

I think we have that, don't we?

Bell:

I am not so sure about the classes.

Viner:

I mean including our savings bonds now.

Bell:

Well, we have got quite a bit of data on

the savings bonds, but the only data we
would have on t he war would be, probably,

the size of the holdings that were registered, and we have nothing to do with the

coupons, you see, bonds.
H.M.Jr:

I am not sure that you are right about your
estimate of your own ability on this thing,

see. Think it over.

White:

Mr. Secretary, until you get somebody, I
would suggest that Viner be appointed
chairman of a small group of two or three
or four within the Treasury, as many men
as he wants to pick out, and proceed on a
number of reports bearing on the subject

which could be quickly prepared. I don't
agree with him at all when he says that is

not in his line. I don't know what he is
talking about. He is talking about problems which are definitely economic and

definitely in his line.
H.M.Jr:

I didn't understand, either. He did that
bank study.

White:

But he may feel it is going to take too much

of his time, but at least he can initiate

and outline the studies, and other men can

323

-5-

324

carry it on while he is not here, which

can be independent of your getting some-

body else you want to follow it, but I
think that should be done.

Viner:

Well, I am willing to give some thought

to it. I have some ideas. I have been

thinking a little about it. But the

question of continuing responsibility
with any staff and so on, I can't handle
my desk, let alone a couple of other
desks.

H.M.Jr:

Well, I wish you would think about it.
Well anyway, and if you would talk to

Professor Odegarde, you would get more

than any place else what I have done up
to the minute.

Viner:

I have been talking to him and I will con-

Gaston:

That reminds me I have this folder that

tinue.

Professor Odegarde wanted me to give back
H.M.Jr:
Gaston:

to you. There is very sound stuff in there.
It is interesting?

Yes. Some of our men, Elmer Irey and the like,
have been approached by the counsel for this
sub-committee on wire tapping of the Senate,
Interstate Commerce committee, and told that
they were going to be requested to come up

and testify before the committee. They are
considering the whole subject, not only this
Celler Bill which would give authority to
the F.B.I. under direction of the Attorney
General to tap wires, but whether there should
be general authority; and we would like to

have some guidance as to what those men should

say. Personally, I would favor permitting
them to say that they think wire tapping for
detection of felonies should be permitted

325

-6-

H.M.Jr:
Foley:

under proper safeguards. All right?
You know how I feel about it.
Well, Maloney who is counsel for that
committee called and said that he had

understood from Elmer Irey that we had
some legal studies of the problem and
that he wanted to come over and talk, so

I spoke to Larry Bernard, one of the boys
down in his office has done the work, and
he is going over and see him and what they

are thinking about, and I think it is all

right, as legislation which would authorize
any investigative agency of the government

to tap wires after submitting application to

a federal judge or the Attorney General or
one of the United States attorneys.
H.M.Jr:

Hobbs, of the House Judiciary Committee, re-

introduced our old Bill which gives it to

the head of the department without court

order.
Foley:

That follows a constitutional amendment in

New York.

H.M.Jr:

Well, we have been over that.

Gaston:

Well, your position was somewhat different.

I take it you wouldn't object if the
committee favored a bill permitting it,
under court order, for all agencies of the

government. You would not object?
White:

I hope you will object unless the court order
specifies the wire.

H.M.Jr:

If there is going to be an argument, let's
postpone it, and we will take it up again,
because I haven't got time.

326

-7White:

It has terrible possibilities.

H.M.Jr:

Let's talk about it again. Herman Oliphant was awfully right on this. I think

you ought to look over what he did.
Gaston:

I would be glad to look it over, but I

wouldn't agree that he was right.
H.M.Jr:

Then you had better surely look it over.

But if it is going to be a conference, I

don't want any conference this morning.

It is Friday. We will take it up again

Monday. Anything else?
Gaston:

That is all I have. I would like to talk
to you about a couple of matters when you
have some time if you are not too pushed.

H.M.Jr:

We have been going at some speed around

here, with some success. Ask the boys out-

side, will you.

Gaston:

Surely.

H.M.Jr:

I just don't know. The position on the Coast

Guard that I put up to Frank Knox was that,
what about the seven cutters, you see, and

he is going to talk it over.
Gaston:

They know perfectly well they can get that.

It isn't any concession at all. It isn't

what they want. They want a run, the mer-

chant ships, that is the real fact, and I

think it is all started by Admiral Woodward
in New York, who thinks he ought to be the

boss of New York harbor.
H.M.Jr:

Well, I don't think that applies to Frank
Knox.

327

-8Gaston:

I don't
of
it. think he understands what is back

H.M.Jr:

I told him to look into it, and he said he

would, and he has got some pretty good
reasons.

Gaston:

Personally, as I told you in that note, I
think that actually in time of war, there is

no real reason for the Coast Guard being a
part of the Navy.
H.M.Jr:

You can't get the money for the Coast Guard,
that is the trouble, and the Navy can, and he

has got great responsibilities which the

President has placed on him, and he has re-

considered. He is very quiet about it. He
is going to talk to me again. He could just
take
it. it. He could get it any time he wants
Gaston:

I don't doubt it.

H.M.Jr:

We can't get the appropriation. The President
won't approve appropriations for Coast Guard,
and that way they will get a million dollars.
That is the answer.

Gaston:

That is never understood by the Coast Guard.

H.M.Jr:

I question that, but let's see what we hear
from Frank Knox. I mean, I have put up the
fight for seven years, but I think when it
comes a time like this where it is granted
that somebody down the line wants it by

theirs also - he is carrying great responsibilities. I haven't got much to argue with.
Gaston:

No, I - it isn't a personal matter with me.
I think they would just make a mistake is
all.

328

-9H.M.Jr:

That may be so, but if I was in Frank
Knox's shoes I wouldn't be sure that I
wouldn't take over all the big cutters.

Gaston:

They could take those over without the

others. There is no trouble about that.
H.M.Jr:

O.K.

Foley:

There was another meeting yesterday in

Berle's office on this executive order for
freezing and export control. It has really -

Berle has done a flip-flop now, and he wants
the export control in State Department. He
says it would give the Treasury too much
power to have it over here.
H.M.Jr:

He never flip-flopped.

Foley:

Well, that is their attitude.

H.M.Jr:

I think they always wanted it over there.

Foley:

Well, probably, but he said it was all right
once.

H.M.Jr:

And now he says it is --

Foley:

Yes, he had a bad day yesterday, apparently,
and he thought it was outrageous the way the
Treasury drafted the Lease-Lend Bill, and he
said Mr. Hull had to go down and bear the

brunt of it on the Hill, and nothing was shown
to him until after it was introduced. Bernie
told him that wasn't true. It was shown to

Hackworth and Hull, and they made suggestions

and changes on it before it was ever shown to

anybody else, so it is a mess again. A

memorandum is going to be prepared -H.M.Jr:

Any use my talking to Berle?

- 10 Foley:

No. A memorandum is going to be prepared

by the Attorney General to the President
raising the points that there is agreement

among the people on the committee and the
ones upon which there isn't agreement, and

I suppose there will have to be a meeting

over there between you and Mr. Hull and Mr.

Jackson.
H.M.Jr:

Well, Mr. Hull said to me last night, it
was very interesting, he said, "I only

learned four days after my testimony how
embarrassing it was for me to have said the

Bill was drafted in Treasury, and I am very

sorry that I caused you that embarrassment."
He said, "I hope the next one will be made
by you and not by me," which was very
decent.

Foley:

Apparently Berle was going to go out and

make some speeches in the Middle West on the

Lease-Lend Bill over the weekend. All of
this conversation about our grabbing it and

drafting the Bill and not letting them in
on it, and for them to go down on the Hill

and bear the brunt of the board before the
committee is apropos of his going out and

talking on the Bill.

H.M.Jr:

Is he going out?

Foley:

Yes.

H.M.Jr:

To talk?

Foley:

Yes, out in the Middle West. He is going to

make three speeches over the weekend, Friday,
Saturday, and Sunday, so he said.
H.M.Jr:

Well, I would just as lief call him up and
say that if he makes any statements publicly
that the Bill was drafted in Treasury, I will

329

- 11 -

just say publicly he is a damn liar.
Foley:

Well, I don't know - I think he is going to
go out to help the Bill. I don't think he
is going to do anything to hinder it.

H.M.Jr:

I would just as lief call him up.
I shouldn't think on that point. You could

White:

call him up on other matters, because I

think he either misunderstands it or -Foley:

He doesn't misunderstand it, Harry. He
understands it.

White:

Why have Berle be the only one that represents the State Department on that? Why

not get three or four of them around in a
group and let them thrash out what their
difficulties are, and maybe you can make

more progress on it. If he feels that way,

it certainly isn't justified.

H.M.Jr:

What are you talking about?

White:

About this export control matter.

Foley:

He was designated on this committee by Mr.

Hull, Harry. There have been four or five

meetings. Jackson wasn't at the meeting
yesterday. Sam Smith and Francis Shea

represented him. Here is a memorandum on

it.

H.M.Jr:

What else?

Foley:

Can we have Ferdie Kuhns' help on this radio
talk for Senator George for Monday?

H.M.Jr:

Sure.

Foley:

Because I think we ought to do a pretty good

330

331

- 12 -

job, and that will determine George's

attitude and position on the Bill, and
I think if we do a good job, he will be
grateful to the Treasury.
H.M.Jr:

Sure.

Schwarz:

Senator George is talking this noon at the

Press Club. I was going to ask later if
I could go to lunch early, and I will write

you a memorandum on it.
H.M.Jr:
Schwarz:

Sure. Is that a bribe?
It is a deal.

Kuhn:

Is this an off-the-record speech, Chick?

Schwarz:

Well, they call it off-the-record.

Kuhn:

I mean, it isn't published in full, it isn't
going to commit him on the Hill next week?

Schwarz:

Foley:

He will give his view point.
The radio talk will.

Schwarz:

Will commit him publicly. This will be an

advance indication of what he will say on the
radio.

Foley:

It is the Lease-Lend Bill. He is chairman
of the Foreign Relations Committee.

H.M.Jr:

What else?

Sullivan:

There was a hearing yesterday afternoon on
that amendment.

(Telephone conversation with Attorney General
Jackson follows:)
See page 260.

332
- 13 H.M.Jr:

Well, there you are.

Sullivan:

During this hearing on the amendment to the

time limit within which they could file applications for amortization, the excess profits,

the testimony came out yesterday they had
1887 applications. They had rejected one and

granted eighty-one, and the others they hadn't
been able to get to.
H.M.Jr:

John, is it a fair question to ask why you
are not ready on this so-called Release Bill
that you have been talking about? Rclief

Sullivan:

Yes, it is a fair question. I am ready.

H.M.Jr:

You weren't yesterday morning.

Sullivan:

I beg
of
it. your pardon, sir. We had twelve copies

H.M.Jr:

Well, you told me not to bring it up.

Sullivan:

I did because I thought it was very poor
management to bring it up before that group.

H.M.Jr:

Why?

Sullivan:

Because they have turned it over to George,

the entire group, as willing to --

H.M.Jr:

But you told me Stam hadn't cleared two of
the things.

Sullivan:

Stam hasn't.

H.M.Jr:

Then you are not ready.

Sullivan:

I beg your pardon, sir. We have the whole
thing, our position, what we are recommending --

333
- 14 -

H.M.Jr:

Sullivan:

But you haven't cleared it with Stam.
Stam has been working on this for two

months.

H.M.Jr:

Sullivan:

I still say you are not ready. You weren't
ready. You asked me not to bring it up.
I asked you not to bring it up because I

knew if those copies were passed around
those fellows would take them out, and
every tax lawyer in town would get them,
and the whole thing would be thrown into
confusion.

H.M.Jr:

But the fact of the matter is that Stam,

as the head of this advisory group, has not
agreed with the Treasury.

Sullivan:
H.M.Jr:

That is correct.
Then you are not ready. When will you be

ready?

Sullivan:

I can't do any more with him than I did the
last times.

H.M.Jr:

Well, you got all through that last time, and
I am not going to go through it again.

Sullivan:

That is right.
But if you want to get this before the 15 of
March, it is a perfectly fair question, when

H.M.Jr:

are you ready to go ahead with it?
Sullivan:

Whenever Stam and George go through this

thing. I have been working with George on
this since last November, and yesterday
after the meeting he came to my office and

went all through it.

- 15 H.M.Jr:

Why didn't you get it to him earlier?

Why wait until yesterday when we have all
these people here? I mean, why didn't
George - why wait until the last second?

I can't understand it.

Sullivan:

Well, I didn't understand that this was the
last second. The House Ways and Means

wasn't organized until this week and ready
to go ahead.

H.M.Jr:

Well, I can disagree with you. I still don't
think that you are ready.

Sullivan:

We are ready, sir.

H.M.Jr:

And there is nothing else in your shop that
there seems to be any hurry about, that you
seem to think there is any hurry about but
this.

Sullivan:

We are ready, sir, and we had this all yesterday. The only question --

H.M.Jr:

But you weren't ready for me to give it to
this group.

Sullivan:

No sir, and I wouldn't have been if Stam had
agreed with it; and I won't be ready to have

it given out until the conferees pass on it.

H.M.Jr:

Well, sometime do you think you can let me

know what is in it?

Sullivan:

Yes, I will be very happy to give you a
copy of it right away.

H.M.Jr:

I would like to see it myself, because up to
the time that I was going to do this thing,
or the day before, I didn't even know there
was such a thing. I don't know now what it

334

- 16 is.

Sullivan:
H.M.Jr:

I gave you a report after excess profits
passed, sir -You don't expect me to remember that.
My God Almighty, say you give me reports
last July and I am supposed to remember

what is in it.
Sullivan:

No, I wasn't implying that.

H.M.Jr:

Well, what were you implying?

Sullivan:

Well, I thought that I hadn't advised you.

H.M.Jr:

Well, here I have a meeting of the leaders
of the Senate and the House, and you want

to take something up. I haven't seen it;

Senator George hasn't seen it, and you are

still bickering with Stam. Sometime or

other, I would like to see it.
Sullivan:

All right, sir. I will send it right in
to you.

H.M.Jr:

I would like to see it in shape that I can
understand it. I don't think it is too much when you have all these people, you have

nothing to do since the first of January but

get this thing ready, and then it isn't
ready. It isn't ready now. We went all

through that thing. I promised these people,

I promised Knudsen we would get together with

Stam and all the rest of it. It is either

ready from Treasury standpoint and everybody

has had a crack at it, or it isn't.
Sullivan:

It is ready from the Treasury standpoint, sir.

335

336
- 17 H.M.Jr:

It isn't ready when the Secretary of the
Treasury hasn't even seen it.

Sullivan:

I will send it right in.

H.M.Jr:

And nobody else saw it. Bell hasn't seen

Sullivan:

I am sending it all to them.

H.M.Jr:

Have they seen it yet?

Sullivan:

No sir, they haven't.

H.M.Jr:

Then I say it isn't ready from the Treasury
standpoint. If the Under-Secretary of the

it.

Treasury and the Treasury Counsel haven't

seen it, I say it isn't ready.
Sullivan:

All right sir.

H.M.Jr:

To go up there with something nobody in the
Treasury has seen - Herbert Gaston I asked

you to show it to. Nobody has seen it. I
don't even know what it is. I may be against
it. Let me tell you afterward my conversation with Frank Knox at lunch.

Sullivan:

Yes sir.

Cochran:

That British business was finished up in New

H.M.Jr:

York last night.
That is the United Fruit?

Cochran:

That shipping business.

H.M.Jr:

Oh, is it in the papers?

Cochran:

No, sir.

Schwarz:

We got by it.

337
- 18 -

Cochran:

So far.

H.M.Jr:

Is it in?

Schwarz:

No.

Cochran:

No, it is not in the papers.

H.M.Jr:

Has the boat arrived?

Cochran:

Everything unloaded and put away.

H.M.Jr:

And nothing on it?

Cochran:

So far. That was just last night.

Schwarz:

We haven't had a query yet.

H.M.Jr:

Nobody has told me, so just as a man on the

street - no one has told this to me - that
my guess is that Lord Halifax is going to
arrive on the Tuscaloosa.

Kuhn:

Bell:
H.M.Jr:

It was announced on the radio this morning
that he was arriving in America today and
that he had crossed on this new British
battleship, the King George V and may have
gone to Halifax.
Somebody said he might come up the Potomac,

didn't he?

That is why. The Tuscaloosa has to come back
from England. Why bring her back empty? I

am just guessing. It is very easy for them
to run - but they say he is on the new battleship?
Kuhn:

London announced this morning that he had
crossed on the new battleship King George V,

and he would arrive in America today.

- 19 Bell:

Aren't you going to announce about this
shipment?

H.M.Jr:

What do you think?

Bell:

We did before, didn't we? I understand
that this gentleman commanding the ship

is rather talkative, and sooner or later
it is going to get out. I wondered if

you didn't want to announce it.
Cochran:

His chief doesn't want it done.

Bell:

Didn't we announce it before?

Cochran:

Not until after we knew it was going to
appear in one of the papers. We got a
tip that someone had the story, and then
we beat them to it.

Schwarz:

There were several leaks.

Cochran:

Pinsent gave me a memo a few days ago on

the unfinished business of D'arcy Cooper,

the Board of Trade man who was here.
H.M.Jr:

Did he finish any business?

Cochran:

He didn't mention that.

H.M.Jr:

The principal unfinished business of D'arcy

Cooper is to sell Lever Brothers in this
country. Did he mention that?

Cochran:

No.

H.M.Jr:

O.K.

Viner:

Did you save some time for that Federal

Reserve memorandum? We are going to get

together on an attempt at redrafting it,

and I would like to have some time with

338

339
- 20-

you on it after we have agreed on it,
because it isn't merely a question of

phrasing,
of content. it is a question practically

H.M.Jr:

Lieutenant McKay.

Viner:

Sometime this afternoon?

H.M.Jr:

Yes.

Viner:

O.K. Is it all right with you, Harry?

White:

Oh, yes, any time.

H.M.Jr:

And I want Bell there, too.

Young:

The National Defense Research Council wants

to establish an office in London attached

to the American Embassy for the exchange of

British technical secret information and

that sort of thing. The British won't let

them do it until they ask you.
H.M.Jr:

Oh, I am just trying to clean up - is it
any of my business?

Young:

No.

H.M.Jr:

I won't give any advice.

Young:

Right. On the Russian machine tool letter

which you asked me for yesterday morning,
unless you have some objection, it would

make a better presentation to put that in

a memorandum form with a covering letter on

the top of it, unless you want the whole

thing written out in a letter.

H.M.Jr:

Any way you want it.

- 21 -

Young:

H.M.Jr:
Pehle:

I will have it for you shortly.
All right.
On remittances, there seems to be a
general consensus that we ought to lib-

eralize our policy somewhat, remittances for food and shelter for people that
are in the invaded area. The policy now
is limited to $50 a person or a hundred
for a family, which doesn't seem to be
sufficient; and we prepared general
licenses which I think everybody agrees

with, lifting that to $100 a person or

$200 a family, in the case of American
citizens, $500, which has always been the

policy anyhow.
H.M.Jr:

A month?

Pehle:

Yes, up to that amount, but it has always

been subject to individual licenses. This
would take care of it on a general license.
H.M.Jr:

I want a little time on this, Pehle. Ask

Mr. Bell to get us together Monday or Tues-

day, will you? It won't make any difference,

will it? I don't want to do it like that.

I want to know more about what is happening.
Anything else?
Pehle:

That is all.

H.M.Jr:

Harold? Harry?

White:

I got in touch with Pinsent several days ago
asking him if he couldn't be prepared to give
us the latest data in case you had to appear.
He said he would on twenty-four hours notice.
I called him yesterday, and he will have the

latest figures today for us on it.

340

341

- 22 H.M.Jr:

I want Sunday afternoon to go over these

figures with you. Bell, are you going

away tonight?
Bell:

No.

H.M.Jr:

I thought you were going away for a week.

Bell:

Well, I will be in town. I will be available.

H.M.Jr:

But you are not coming to the office?

Bell:

Well, we have got all this stuff next week,
the hearings. I don't see how I can get
away.

H.M.Jr:

It is all right with me.

Bell:

And get the material ready.

H.M.Jr:

Well, sometime Sunday afternoon I want to
go over my Monday's testimony. Why don't

we set a time now? Five o'clock, that
doesn't break the whole afternoon, does it?

Bell:

It is all right with me.

H.M.Jr:

Harry?

White:

Quite all right.
It gives me a chance for my siesta. If Bell

H.M.Jr:

and White and Foley can come. Anybody else?

No. Yes, Cochran. Five o'clock at the house.
White:

Well, Ed said you wanted that ready for Saturday afternoon to take with you.

H.M.Jr:

Sunday afternoon.

White:

You don't want to see it before five o'clock?

342
- 23 H.M.Jr:

No. Anything else?

White:

By way of interest, McCarran called up and
wanted the latest information on whom you

are buying gold from, et cetera, et cetera,
and he was leaving on a train. I don't
know what he was going to do with it, but
I thought you would be interested in knowing that.
Did you notice the lumber article in the
New York Times this morning? I don't think
that anybody knows the story behind that
except a few here.

H.M.Jr:

And me.

White:

Yes. Well, I think the staff ought to know
that story. It is a good story.

H.M.Jr:

Well, I will tell it the way I know it, and
I really got quite a kick out of it.
Leon Henderson called me up yesterday to say
goodbye, that he was going away for two weeks.

Is this the story you know?

White:

That is the end of it.

H.M.Jr:

Well, let me tell it.

White:

I mean that is the latest development.

H.M.Jr:

And he just couldn't stay in town any longer,
the thing was getting his goat, but before
leaving town, so he could really have a vaca-

tion, could he tell his two men that if they

ever got into trouble or ever needed help
they could come to see me; and he felt if
I could promise them that, he could go away;

343

- 24 and
this?I promised him that. Did you know
White:

H.M.Jr:

I didn't know that.
And that if his two men, any time they were
in trouble, could come to see me, anybody
tried to move in on them, and then he went
on to say that the figures he used on the
price of lumber that he used were George
Haas's figures, and he gave every newspaperman and lumber dealer a copy of
George's figures and his whole statement
was based on that, which I thought was very

nice, and I asked him to call up George; and

he said he would have Ham do it and thank
him and say that he had used his figures.
I don't know how much you can supplement
that.
White:

Well, I thought the more interesting part of
that, in the light of what appeared this
morning in the papers, the column on the

front page of the Times, that that dates

back to the lunch on the lumber question and

your putting the heat on, and this is, in
my opinion, the net result of that. I
think it is a very good statement, a very

good thing to do.
H.M.Jr:

Well, it goes back to when he sat here and
said the price of lumber was beginning to

go down, and it is very interesting to

watch the stages that Leon has gone through

to where he resented terrifically my doing
anything or the Treasury doing anything
Bell's committee feeding this to me was very
valuable--to a position where he can't leave

town unless I look after his interests.

Gaston:

I am very pessimistic about the whole line-

up up there.

344
- 25 H.M.Jr:

I took it as a real compliment to he

Treasury.
Gaston:

There is another man up there that would

like to cry on our shoulder a little bit
to get your advice and that is Sidney.

H.M.Jr:

He sent me that word. I need some shoulders

myself.
Gaston:

I don't
while.

H.M.Jr:

But this thing started, and I never would

doubt it. He talked to me quite a

have got it if Bell hadn't formed this

committee and fed the stuff to me, but I

got word from Sidney Hillman's man he
wanted to cry on my shoulder.
Gaston:

This is the other Sidney, Sherwood.

H.M.Jr:

Oh, you can have him. I meant Sidney Hillman, first assistant, wanted to come over on
my shoulder, and I told him to cry on
Foley's shoulder.

Gaston:

It is in the same camp. Henderson, Hillman,

Sidney Sherwood.

Bell:

He is Maxwell's man, isn't he?

H.M.Jr:

O.K., Harry, we are way behind.

White:

The malaria material which is in your files
is bound, and I wonder whether it would be

all right to photostat the pertinent material

if we can't get that man here to read them,
because a digest, I don't think would be
suitable.
H.M.Jr:

O.K.

345
- 26 White:

H.M.Jr:

To have it photostated. And we have here

the - this letter for your signature which That is a question of the malaria on the

Burma Road. Was this approved by Mr. Bell?
White:

Yes. There is one word taken out of there,
"and governments". Dan thought we had

better leave out "governments".
H.M.Jr:

What else?

White:

That is all.

Schwarz:

I have a collection of editorials that have
now come in from across the country on the
Federal Reserve report to Congress. They
are classified by the favorable and unfavorable.

H.M.Jr:

Will you send them up to the house?

Schwarz:

Yes sir.

H.M.Jr:

Dan?

Bell:

The latest figures on the new note are a

billion nine, and that is not final. Of

course, tonight it might run up to around
two, six. They opened this morning at

ten thirty-seconds above par and dropped

to five, but they think that that is the

bottom and it will now begin to strengthen
from this point on, so I think Hadley was

nearer right than the rest of them. You

see, Hadley always figures his the same way

they do and then he takes the feeling of the
market and takes off or adds thirty-seconds,

and I think you will find that Hadley has

been pretty accurate in his estimates.

346
- 27 H.M.Jr:

Good.

Bell:

The others are just mathematical without
any adjustments for the market.

H.M.Jr:

It gives me kind of cold shivers.

Bell:

Yes, it is running pretty close. Ed's
boys had a conference yesterday with

Beaman, and they made some changes in

the Bill which we agreed to last night.

I think it will be introduced today,

don't you?
Foley:

Yes.

Bell:

That is the Debt Bill.

H.M.Jr:

Yes.

Bell:

That is all I have.

H.M.Jr:

Would you (Foley) be willing to call up
Berle and just kind of put him on warning
not to go around talking about the Bill
being drafted in the Treasury in view of
what Hull said to me last night?

Foley:

All right.

H.M.Jr:

Could you just do that?

Foley:

Sure, I will call him up.

H.M.Jr:

I wish you would.

Foley:

Bernie said that the others there sort of
sat up and said, "Oh, was the Bill drafted
in the Treasury?"

H.M.Jr:

I wish you would call him up and just put

- 28 -

him on warning, will you?
:

Foley

All right.

H.M.Jr:

Anything else, Dan?

Bell:

That is all.

H.M.Jr:

When you go out, will you take Viner in a
room and talk to him a couple of minutes,
and then I would like to see the two of you
together. Thompson?

Thompson:

I have nothing.

347

348
PLAIN

GMW

London

Dated January 24, 1941

Rec'd. 11:04 a.m.

Secretary of State,
Washington.

274, Twentyfourth.
FOR TREASURY.

1. The Bank of England has issued a notice to banks
the purpose of which is to close another exchange loonhole

by making it no longer possible for travelers to buy round
trip tickets to Britain or British hotel accommodation in

foreign centers. This ruling will break a racket which
has dEVElopEd in centers such as Lisbon where a black

market in return tickets to England has developed, the
forsign buyer purchasing at a discount and then asking for

a refund of the fare in foreign exchange. The notice
reads as follows:

"with reference to the notice to travel agencies dated
the 9th May 1940 all such agencies, including steamship

and railway companies, are required as from the date of
the present notice to observe the following additional

formalities in connection with travel facilities provided
by them to persons travelling from the United Kingdom to

destinations outside the sterling area.
1. If payment for travel tickets covering journeys
from

349
-2- GMW 274, Twentyfourth. from London

from the United Kingdom to places outside the sterling area
is made in sterling it must be made before the traveller
leaves the United Kingdom.

2. Sums refunded against tickets returned unused may

be made available in the United Kingdom only, in sterling.
3. Residents in the sterling area (who must Exhibit

to the agency a letter from their bank stating that they
are considered "resident" for all purposes of the abovementioned regulations) may pay in sterling for the tickets
and other travel facilities necessary to enable them to
reach their final destination as indicated by their Exit
permit. They should not however be permitted to pay in

sterling for transport facilities entailing an ultimate
application to the control for foreign currency or for the
transfer to a non-resident account of sterling received in
payment for such facilities, if a reasonable sterling
means of transport exists. If travellers are unwilling to
ACCENT any such alternative suggested by D travel agency

and are unable to pay in foreign currency from their own
resources the CODE should be referred to the Bank of

England for decision.
4. Non-rEsidents and transmigrant refugees travelling

to destinations outside the sterling area may be allowed b:
United Kingdom companies to pay in sterling for the tickets

and other travel facilities necessary to enable them to
reach

350

-3- GMW 274, Twentyfourth, from London.

the first point in their journey outside the area. Further
travelling EXPENSES must be paid for in the appropriate
currency from their own resources. Refugees to whom sums

in forcign currency are due to be released or resold under
the terms of F.E. 83 will on application to the control
normally be permitted to draw on such currency for this
purpose.

The offices in the United Kingdom of foreign transport
companies should in their own interests insist upon payment

being made to them in the appropriate foreign currency in

respect of all travel facilities provided by them to nonresidents and transmigrant refugees.

5. No person having arrived at the point in his
journey up to which payment in sterling has been permitted

may be allowed at any subsequent time to pay in sterling
for journeys to be made between places outside the sterling
area.

6. Residents of the sterling area may be allowed to

pay in sterling for hotel accomodation at any point on
their journey outside the area where they have to wait for
a connection but then only for the minimum period
necessary. 11

2. The FINANCIAL NEWS today under Washington date-line

sta tes that the United States Government is proceeding
slowly

351

-4- GMN 274, Twentyfourth, from London.

slowly with freezing axis balances wishing first to overCOME the delicate situation arising from the fact that
"the Catholic authorities in the United States pointed out
that this would disclose the amounts ROME receives from

this country and would also prevent transfers to the
Vatican of such funds."
JOHNSON
HPD

352

COPY

Rome

Dated January 24, 1941

Rec'd 5:35 p.m.

Secretary of State,
Washington.

116, January 24, 8 p.m.

It is officially announced today that a decree in
course of publication authorizes a new issue of nine

year treasury bonds to provide funds (one) for retiring
similar bonds maturing May 15, 1941, and, (two) to meet

the Treasury's cash requirements. The bonds will be

offered at 97.5 lire per 100 lire of par value subscriptions
being acceptable (A) in cash, (B) in the above mentioned

maturing bonds, or (c) in interest coupons pertaining to
the period from February 16 to August 15, 1941 of the

principal issues of the public debt. The new bonds will
bear interest at 5% and will enjoy the privileges of annual
prize drawings and tax exemption characteristics of previous
nine year issues.

It appears that the sum required for retiring the
May 15 maturities will be 4,000,000,000 lire that being
the amount in which the respective bonds were issued in

1932. Obviously more important to the government is the
excess of subscriptions over that amount which is to
provide the treasury with fresh cash. No estimate of the
expected volume of subscriptions 18 given.
PHILLIPS.
END SECTION ONE

353

PARAPHRASE OF SECTION TWO, TELEGRAM NO. 116 OF
JANUARY 24, 1941, FROM THE AMERICAN EMBASSY, ROME

Some financial circles believe that a leading motive
ot the attack by Gayda on stock prices was to discourage
investment in common stocks so as to prepare the way for

the issue put out by the Government. It is now indicated
that consideration is being given by the Government to
a policy of supplamenting its public loan financing opera-

tions by outright inflation of circulation of bank notes.
This procedure is virtually recommended in IL TELEGRAFO,

the authoritative newspaper, which carried an article
pointing out that resort to the printing press would
pradtically constitute the issuance of a forced loan
with the advantage to the Government that it would incur

no interest charges. If internal prices are subjected to
rigid control, the author continues, the Government can
avoid the usual dangers of inflation.

In commenting on this article one financial source
stated that there has already been substantial inflation
of bank note circulation. This source's estimate 18 that
such circulation is currently between 35 and 40 billion
lire as compared with the end of 1939 when it was only
24.4 billion - although they have no means of verifying

their estimate. Also, they suggest that the article in
IL TELEGRAFO may have as its purpose the eventual realization
of

354
-2-

need of this be
no fact
by the
public, and to convince it that there
injury
from
inflation.
END OF MESSAGE.

PHILLIPS.

EA:LWW